<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	>

<channel>
	<title>Kautzman&#039;s AP GO PO Blog &#187; The War on Terrorism</title>
	<atom:link href="http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/category/the-war-on-terrorism/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org</link>
	<description>Mt. Spokane High School AP Government &#38; Politics</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Mon, 07 Dec 2009 17:58:07 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<generator>http://wordpress.org/?v=2.8.2</generator>
	<language>en</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>hourly</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>1</sy:updateFrequency>
			<item>
		<title>CE Week #14:  &#8220;Obama leaves party behind on war&#8221;  Dec. 6th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/12/06/ce-week-14-obama-leaves-party-behind-on-war-dec-6th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/12/06/ce-week-14-obama-leaves-party-behind-on-war-dec-6th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 06 Dec 2009 16:42:43 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War in Afghanistan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1257</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[by David S. Broder
The Spokesman-Review
On the same evening last week that President Barack Obama went to West Point to outline his plans to send 30,000 more U.S. troops to fight the Taliban and al-Qaida in Afghanistan, the four Massachusetts Democratic candidates hoping to win Ted Kennedy’s Senate seat met in a televised debate.
All four – [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>by David S. Broder<br />
The Spokesman-Review</strong></p>
<p>On the same evening last week that President Barack Obama went to West Point to outline his plans to send 30,000 more U.S. troops to fight the Taliban and al-Qaida in Afghanistan, the four Massachusetts Democratic candidates hoping to win Ted Kennedy’s Senate seat met in a televised debate.</p>
<p>All four – including the favorite in Tuesday’s primary, state Attorney General Martha Coakley – said they opposed the president’s decision to escalate. Referring to Obama’s promise to begin bringing an unspecified number of the “surge” forces home by July 2011, Coakley said, “It seems to me it’s impractical, given what we think the mission is, the number of troops we’re sending over.</p>
<p>“We really won’t be able to be finished in 18 months and start an exit strategy there,” she said.</p>
<p>The rejection of Obama’s argument by the leading candidate in an overwhelmingly Democratic state shows how much the president has failed to convince his fellow partisans he is right about the biggest national security policy decision of his tenure.</p>
<p>It is symptomatic of a bigger problem: Coakley and her rivals are emblematic of widespread Democratic dissent on Afghanistan.</p>
<p>Listen, for example, to House Speaker Nancy Pelosi, normally the lead voice for pushing Obama’s programs on Capitol Hill. When asked at her Thursday news conference about her pre-speech warning that there was little support for escalation on the Democratic side of the aisle, she reiterated that view and added that she wanted more briefings on Obama’s rationale and plans before members have to vote on funding for the war.</p>
<p>Carefully avoiding any words that could be interpreted as support for Obama’s policy, she said, “I think we have to handle it with care, listen to what they present and then members will make their decision. Some have already made their decisions, and they have been outspoken on the subject.”</p>
<p>Indeed, many of her closest allies in the House such as Rep. Rosa DeLauro, of Connecticut, have declared they will oppose paying for Obama’s program. “It will be very difficult for me to support funding for an increased military commitment to fight the Taliban and various insurgent groups that are bringing instability to Afghanistan and Pakistan, particularly when we do not appear to have a credible partner in the Karzai government, and are trying to bring stability to one of the most corrupt countries in the world,” DeLauro said.</p>
<p>That was not the universal reaction. Centrist and conservative Democrats and those who serve on the Armed Services Committee tended to be more supportive of Obama’s decision. Next year, when the additional troops are in the field and the first bills come due, there will probably be enough Democrats willing to join the vast majority of Republicans in funding the Afghan surge.</p>
<p>But the lessons of a previous land war in Asia cannot be forgotten. When Lyndon Johnson escalated in Vietnam, initially both Republicans and Democrats gave him their support – and public opinion was more positive than it is now for Afghanistan.</p>
<p>The defections began on the Democratic left – where the opposition to Obama is most visible today – and by the end, most Democrats and many of the Republicans had abandoned Johnson to his political fate.</p>
<p>A president who wages a war supported mainly by his political foes and opposed by large numbers of his own party is running a huge political risk. Even if he prevails for a time, he pays a price in the loss of his most loyal supporters.</p>
<p>Obama can rightfully claim that he made clear throughout his campaign that he saw a vital need to fight on in Afghanistan. But he has obviously not persuaded many of his important followers as yet that they should endorse his views. And nothing short of success on the battlefield is likely to convince them that he is right.</p>
<p><strong><br />
David S. Broder is a columnist for the Washington Post. His e-mail address is davidbroder@washpost.com. </strong></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/12/06/ce-week-14-obama-leaves-party-behind-on-war-dec-6th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #14:  &#8220;Uncertain Trumpet&#8221;  Dec. 4th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/12/04/ce-week-14-uncertain-trumpet-dec-4th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/12/04/ce-week-14-uncertain-trumpet-dec-4th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 04 Dec 2009 19:17:34 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Economics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Opinion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1247</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[By Charles Krauthammer
WASHINGTON &#8212; We shall fight in the air, we shall fight on the landing grounds, we shall fight in the fields, we shall fight in the hills &#8212; for 18 months. Then we start packing for home.
We shall never surrender &#8212; unless the war gets too expensive, in which case, we shall quote [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Charles Krauthammer</strong></p>
<p>WASHINGTON &#8212; We shall fight in the air, we shall fight on the landing grounds, we shall fight in the fields, we shall fight in the hills &#8212; for 18 months. Then we start packing for home.</p>
<p>We shall never surrender &#8212; unless the war gets too expensive, in which case, we shall quote Eisenhower on &#8220;the need to maintain balance in and among national programs&#8221; and then insist that &#8220;we can&#8217;t simply afford to ignore the price of these wars.&#8221;</p>
<p>The quotes are from President Obama&#8217;s West Point speech announcing the Afghanistan troop surge. What a strange speech it was &#8212; a call to arms so ambivalent, so tentative, so defensive.</p>
<p>Which made his last-minute assertion of &#8220;resolve unwavering&#8221; so hollow. It was meant to be stirring. It fell flat. In August, he called Afghanistan &#8220;a war of necessity.&#8221; On Tuesday night, he defined &#8220;what&#8217;s at stake&#8221; as &#8220;the common security of the world.&#8221; The world, no less. Yet, we begin leaving in July 2011?</p>
<p>Does he think that such ambivalence is not heard by the Taliban, by Afghan peasants deciding which side to choose, by Pakistani generals hedging their bets, by NATO allies already with one foot out of Afghanistan?</p>
<p>Nonetheless, most supporters of the Afghanistan War were satisfied. They got the policy, the liberals got the speech. The hawks got three-quarters of what Gen. Stanley McChrystal wanted &#8212; 30,000 additional U.S. troops &#8212; and the doves got a few soothing words. Big deal, say the hawks.</p>
<p>But it is a big deal. Words matter because will matters. Success in war depends on three things: a brave and highly skilled soldiery, such as the U.S. military 2009, the finest counterinsurgency force in history; brilliant, battle-tested commanders such as Gens. David Petraeus and McChrystal, fresh from the success of the surge in Iraq; and the will to prevail as personified by the commander in chief.</p>
<p>There&#8217;s the rub. And that is why at such crucial moments, presidents don&#8217;t issue a policy paper. They give a speech. It gives tone and texture. It allows their policy to be imbued with purpose and feeling. This one was festooned with hedges, caveats and one giant exit ramp.</p>
<p>No one expected Obama to do a Henry V or a Churchill. But Obama could not even manage a George W. Bush, who, at an infinitely lower ebb in power and popularity, opposed by the political and foreign policy establishments and dealing with a war effort in far more dire straits, announced his surge &#8212; Iraq 2007 &#8212; with outright rejection of withdrawal or retreat. His implacability was widely decried at home as stubbornness, but heard loudly in Iraq by those fighting for and against us as unflinching &#8212; and salutary &#8212; determination.</p>
<p>Obama&#8217;s surge speech wasn&#8217;t a commander in chief&#8217;s, but a politician&#8217;s, perfectly splitting the difference. Two messages for two audiences. Placate the right &#8212; you get the troops; placate the left &#8212; we are on our way out.</p>
<p>And apart from Obama&#8217;s own personal commitment is the question of his ability as a wartime leader. If he feels compelled to placate his left with an exit date today &#8212; while he is still personally popular, with large majorities in both houses of Congress, and even before the surge begins &#8212; how will he stand up to the left when the going gets tough and the casualties mount, and he really has to choose between support from his party and success on the battlefield?</p>
<p>Despite my personal misgivings about the possibility of lasting success against Taliban insurgencies in both Afghanistan and the borderlands of Pakistan, I have deep confidence that Petraeus and McChrystal would not recommend a strategy that will be costly in lives, without their having a firm belief in the possibility of success.</p>
<p>I would therefore defer to their judgment and support their recommended policy. But the fate of this war depends not just on them. It depends on the president. We cannot prevail without a commander in chief committed to success. And this commander in chief defended his exit date (versus the straw man alternative of &#8220;open-ended&#8221; nation-building) thusly: &#8220;because the nation that I&#8217;m most interested in building is our own.&#8221;</p>
<p>Remarkable. Go and fight, he tells his cadets &#8212; some of whom may not return alive &#8212; but I may have to cut your mission short because my real priorities are domestic.</p>
<p>Has there ever been a call to arms more dispiriting, a trumpet more uncertain?</p>
<p>letters@charleskrauthammer.com<br />
<strong><br />
Copyright 2009, Washington Post Writers Group</strong></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/12/04/ce-week-14-uncertain-trumpet-dec-4th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #14:  &#8220;C.I.A. to Expand Use of Drones in Pakistan&#8221;  Dec. 4th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/12/04/ce-week-14-c-i-a-to-expand-use-of-drones-in-pakistan-dec-4th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/12/04/ce-week-14-c-i-a-to-expand-use-of-drones-in-pakistan-dec-4th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 04 Dec 2009 16:24:29 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1243</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[By SCOTT SHANE of The New York Times
WASHINGTON — Two weeks ago in Pakistan, Central Intelligence Agency sharpshooters killed eight people suspected of being militants of the Taliban and Al Qaeda, and wounded two others in a compound that was said to be used for terrorist training.
Then, the job in North Waziristan done, the C.I.A. [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>By SCOTT SHANE of The New York Times</strong></p>
<p>WASHINGTON — Two weeks ago in Pakistan, Central Intelligence Agency sharpshooters killed eight people suspected of being militants of the Taliban and Al Qaeda, and wounded two others in a compound that was said to be used for terrorist training.</p>
<p>Then, the job in North Waziristan done, the C.I.A. officers could head home from the agency’s Langley, Va., headquarters, facing only the hazards of the area’s famously snarled suburban traffic.</p>
<p>It was only the latest strike by the agency’s covert program to kill operatives of Al Qaeda, the Taliban and their allies using Hellfire missiles fired from Predator aircraft controlled from half a world away.</p>
<p>The White House has authorized an expansion of the C.I.A.’s drone program in Pakistan’s lawless tribal areas, officials said this week, to parallel the president’s decision, announced Tuesday, to send 30,000 more troops to Afghanistan. American officials are talking with Pakistan about the possibility of striking in Baluchistan for the first time — a controversial move since it is outside the tribal areas — because that is where Afghan Taliban leaders are believed to hide.</p>
<p>By increasing covert pressure on Al Qaeda and its allies in Pakistan, while ground forces push back the Taliban’s advances in Afghanistan, American officials hope to eliminate any haven for militants in the region.</p>
<p>One of Washington’s worst-kept secrets, the drone program is quietly hailed by counterterrorism officials as a resounding success, eliminating key terrorists and throwing their operations into disarray. But despite close cooperation from Pakistani intelligence, the program has generated public anger in Pakistan, and some counterinsurgency experts wonder whether it does more harm than good.</p>
<p>Assessments of the drone campaign have relied largely on sketchy reports in the Pakistani press, and some have estimated several hundred civilian casualties. Saying that such numbers are wrong, one government official agreed to speak about the program on the condition of anonymity. About 80 missile attacks from drones in less than two years have killed “more than 400” enemy fighters, the official said, offering a number lower than most estimates but in the same range. His account of collateral damage, however, was strikingly lower than many unofficial counts: “We believe the number of civilian casualties is just over 20, and those were people who were either at the side of major terrorists or were at facilities used by terrorists.”</p>
<p>That claim, which the official said reflected the Predators’ ability to loiter over a target feeding video images for hours before and after a strike, is likely to come under scrutiny from human rights advocates. Tom Parker, policy director for counterterrorism at Amnesty International, said he found the estimate “unlikely,” noting that reassessments of strikes in past wars had usually found civilian deaths undercounted. Mr. Parker said his group was uneasy about drone attacks anyway: “Anything that dehumanizes the process makes it easier to pull the trigger.”</p>
<p>Yet with few other tools to use against Al Qaeda, the drone program has enjoyed bipartisan support in Congress and was escalated by the Obama administration in January. More C.I.A. drone attacks have been conducted under President Obama than under President George W. Bush. The political consensus in support of the drone program, its antiseptic, high-tech appeal and its secrecy have obscured just how radical it is. For the first time in history, a civilian intelligence agency is using robots to carry out a military mission, selecting people for killing in a country where the United States is not officially at war.</p>
<p>In the months after the Sept. 11, 2001, attacks, C.I.A. officials were not eager to embrace killing terrorists from afar with video-game controls, said one former intelligence official. “There was also a lot of reluctance at Langley to get into a lethal program like this,” the official said. But officers grew comfortable with the program as they checked off their hit list more than a dozen notorious figures, including Abu Khabab al-Masri, a Qaeda expert on explosives; Rashid Rauf, accused of being the planner of the 2006 trans-Atlantic airliner plot; and Baitullah Mehsud, leader of the Pakistani Taliban.</p>
<p>The drone warfare pioneered by the C.I.A. in Pakistan and the Air Force in Iraq and Afghanistan is the leading edge of a wave of push-button combat that will raise legal, moral and political questions around the world, said P. W. Singer, a scholar at the Brookings Institution and author of the book “Wired for War.”</p>
<p>Forty-four countries have unmanned aircraft for surveillance, Mr. Singer said. So far, only the United States and Israel have used the planes for strikes, but that number will grow.</p>
<p>“We’re talking about a technology that’s not going away,” he said.</p>
<p>There is little doubt that “warheads on foreheads,” in the macho lingo of intelligence officers, have been disruptive to the militants in Pakistan, removing leaders and fighters, slowing movement and sowing dissension as survivors hunt for spies who may be tipping off the Americans. Yet the drones are unpopular with many Pakistanis, who see them as a violation of their country’s sovereignty — one reason the United States refuses to officially acknowledge the attacks. A poll by Gallup Pakistan last summer found only 9 percent of Pakistanis in favor of the attacks and 67 percent against, with a majority ranking the United States as a greater threat to Pakistan than its archrival, India, or the Pakistani Taliban.</p>
<p>Interestingly, residents of the tribal areas where the attacks actually occur, who bitterly resent the militants’ brutal rule, are far less critical of the drones, said Farhat Taj, an anthropologist with the Aryana Institute for Regional Research and Advocacy. A study of 550 professional people living in the tribal areas was conducted late last year by the institute, a Pakistani research group. About half of those interviewed called the drone strikes “accurate,” 6 in 10 said they damaged militant organizations, and almost as many denied they increased anti-Americanism.</p>
<p>Dr. Taj, who lived at the edge of the tribal areas until 2002, said residents would prefer to be protected by the Pakistani Army. “But they feel powerless toward the militants and they see the drones as their liberator,” she said.</p>
<p>In an interview this week with the German magazine Der Spiegel, the Pakistani prime minister, Syed Yousuf Raza Gilani, said the drone strikes “do no good, because they boost anti-American resentment throughout the country.” American officials say that despite such public comments, Pakistan privately supplies crucial intelligence, proposes targets and allows the Predators to take off from a base in Baluchistan.</p>
<p>Pakistan’s public criticism of the drone attacks has muddied the legal status of the strikes, which United States officials say are justified as defensive measures against groups that have vowed to attack Americans. Philip Alston, the United Nations’ special rapporteur for extrajudicial executions and a prominent critic of the program, has said it is impossible to judge whether the program violates international law without knowing whether Pakistan permits the incursions, how targets are selected and what is done to minimize civilian casualties.</p>
<p>A spokesman for the C.I.A., Paul Gimigliano, defended the program without quite acknowledging its existence. “While the C.I.A. does not comment on reports of Predator operations, the tools we use in the fight against Al Qaeda and its violent allies are exceptionally accurate, precise and effective,” he said. “Press reports suggesting that hundreds of Pakistani civilians have somehow been killed as a result of alleged or supposed U.S. activities are — to state what should be obvious under any circumstances — flat-out false.”</p>
<p>From 2004 to 2007, the C.I.A. carried out only a handful of strikes. But pressure from the Congressional intelligence committees, greater confidence in the technology and reduced resistance from Pakistan led to a sharp increase starting in the summer of 2008.</p>
<p>Former C.I.A. officials say there is a rigorous protocol for identifying militants, using video from the Predators, intercepted cellphone calls and tips from Pakistani intelligence, often originating with militants’ resentful neighbors. Operators at C.I.A. headquarters can use the drones’ video feed to study a militant’s identity and follow fighters to training areas or weapons caches, officials say. Targeters often can see where wives and children are located in a compound or wait until fighters drive away from a house or village before they are hit.</p>
<p>Mr. Mehsud’s wife and parents-in-law were killed with him, but that was an exceptional decision prompted by the rare chance to attack him, the official said.</p>
<p>The New America Foundation, a policy group in Washington, studied press reports and estimated that since 2006 at least 500 militants and 250 civilians had been killed in the drone strikes. A separate count, by The Long War Journal, found 885 militants’ deaths and 94 civilians’.</p>
<p>But the government official insisted on the accuracy of his far lower figure of approximately 20 civilian deaths, noting that the Pakistani press rarely reported local protests about civilian deaths, routine occurrences when bombs in Afghanistan have gone astray.</p>
<p>Daniel S. Markey, who studies South Asia at the Council on Foreign Relations, said the comments of two anti-Taliban tribal leaders he spoke with on a recent trip to Pakistan seemed to capture the paradox of the drones.</p>
<p>The tribal leaders told him that the strikes were eliminating dangerous militants while causing few civilian deaths. But they pleaded for a halt to the attacks, saying the strikes stirred up anger toward the United States and the Pakistani Army, and “made them look like puppets,” he said.</p>
<p>“It gave the lie,” Mr. Markey said, “to the argument we’ve made for a long time: that this fight is theirs, too.”</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/12/04/ce-week-14-c-i-a-to-expand-use-of-drones-in-pakistan-dec-4th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>BLOG RECOVERY CE Week #13:  &#8221; President Obama gives go-ahead to implement Afghanistan strategy&#8221;  Nov. 30th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/30/ce-week-13-president-obama-gives-go-ahead-to-implement-afghanistan-strategy-nov-30th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/30/ce-week-13-president-obama-gives-go-ahead-to-implement-afghanistan-strategy-nov-30th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 01 Dec 2009 02:59:51 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1226</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[By Sam Youngman
President Barack Obama has already ordered his military commanders to implement his Afghanistan strategy, which will be unveiled to the nation in a primetime address from West Point on Tuesday.
Obama is expected to order another 34,000 troops to Afghanistan during the address from the United States Military Academy, though a White House spokesman [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Sam Youngman</strong></p>
<p>President Barack Obama has already ordered his military commanders to implement his Afghanistan strategy, which will be unveiled to the nation in a primetime address from West Point on Tuesday.</p>
<p>Obama is expected to order another 34,000 troops to Afghanistan during the address from the United States Military Academy, though a White House spokesman refused to confirm that figure Monday morning.</p>
<p><strong>White House press secretary Robert Gibbs</strong> said Obama had been consulting with members of Congress on Monday and will continue to do so Tuesday. Obama is set to meet with a bipartisan, bicameral group of at least 31 lawmakers at the White House on Tuesday afternoon before he leaves for West Point.</p>
<p>Obama was also spending Monday and Tuesday briefing world leaders on his new strategy. <strong>Secretary of State Hillary Rodham Clinton</strong>, who was informed of the decision by phone Sunday night, will travel to Europe later this week to meet with <strong>NATO</strong> allies.</p>
<p>Obama spent much of the weekend working on his remarks to the nation with Ben Rhodes, his top national security speechwriter.</p>
<p>Gibbs declined to divulge much of what Obama will tell the country, but Gibbs emphasized that the president will make it clear to the American people, U.S. allies and Afghans that “this is not an open-ended commitment.”</p>
<p>Obama delivered marching orders during a Sunday Oval Office meeting with <strong>Defense Secretary Robert Gates</strong>; commander of U.S. Central Command Gen. David Petraeus; National Security Adviser Gen. James Jones; <strong>Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff Adm. Mike Mullen</strong>; Gen. James Cartwright, vice chairman of the Joint Chiefs; and <strong>White House Chief of Staff Rahm Emanuel</strong>.</p>
<p>“<strong>The commander in chief</strong> delivered the orders,” Gibbs said.</p>
<p>After issuing his orders in the Oval Office, Obama held a secure video conference with <strong>U.S. and NATO commander in Afghanistan Gen. Stanley McChrystal</strong> and the U.S. ambassador to the country, Karl Eikenberry, from the White House situation room, Gibbs said.</p>
<p>Congressional Democrats are deeply divided on how to pay for the increased involvement in Afghanistan, and Gibbs declined to say if Obama was discussing that point of contention with lawmakers.</p>
<p>Gibbs did say that Obama will acknowledge in his address that there are &#8220;limits on our resources,&#8221; both budgetary and in terms of manpower, and that Obama will lay out objectives for the increased troop presence in the country.</p>
<p>As officials have debated whether to target <strong>al Qaeda</strong> and the <strong>Taliban</strong>, Gibbs did not appear to draw much of a distinction, saying that a goal of the strategy will be to ensure that “the Taliban are not capable of providing a safe haven for al Qaeda” like they did before the terrorist attacks of Sept. 11, 2001.</p>
<p>Obama will also stress that the U.S. will lay out “benchmarks for progress” for the Afghan government for the training of Afghan security personnel and for eliminating government corruption.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/30/ce-week-13-president-obama-gives-go-ahead-to-implement-afghanistan-strategy-nov-30th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>3</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #12:  &#8220;In his slow decision-making, Obama goes with head, not gut&#8221;  Nov. 25th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/25/ce-week-12-in-his-slow-decision-making-obama-goes-with-head-not-gut-nov-25th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/25/ce-week-12-in-his-slow-decision-making-obama-goes-with-head-not-gut-nov-25th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 25 Nov 2009 20:23:20 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Institutions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Opinion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1220</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[By Joel Achenbach
Washington Post Staff Writer
Wednesday, November 25, 2009

President George W. Bush once boasted, &#8220;I&#8217;m not a textbook player, I&#8217;m a gut player.&#8221; The new tenant of the Oval Office takes a strikingly different approach. President Obama is almost defiantly deliberative, methodical and measured, even when critics accuse him of dithering. When describing his executive [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Joel Achenbach<br />
Washington Post Staff Writer<br />
Wednesday, November 25, 2009<br />
</strong><br />
President George W. Bush once boasted, &#8220;I&#8217;m not a textbook player, I&#8217;m a gut player.&#8221; The new tenant of the Oval Office takes a strikingly different approach. President Obama is almost defiantly deliberative, methodical and measured, even when critics accuse him of dithering. When describing his executive style, he goes into Spock mode, saying, &#8220;You&#8217;ve got to make decisions based on information and not emotions.&#8221;</p>
<p>Obama&#8217;s handling of the Afghanistan conundrum has been a spectacle of deliberation unlike anything seen in the White House in recent memory. The strategic review began in September. Again and again, the war council convened in the Situation Room. The president mulled an array of unappealing options. Next week, finally, he will tell the American public the outcome of all this strategizing.</p>
<p>&#8220;He&#8217;s establishing his decision-making process as being almost diametrically the opposite of the previous administration,&#8221; says Lawrence Wilkerson, a retired Army colonel who served as Secretary of State Colin L. Powell&#8217;s chief of staff. Wilkerson, who teaches national security decision-making at George Washington University, says the Bush-Cheney style was &#8220;cowboy-like, typical Texas, typical Wyoming, and extremely secretive.&#8221;</p>
<p>Stephen Wayne, who teaches about the presidency at Georgetown, said: &#8220;He&#8217;s not an instinctive decision-maker as Bush was. He doesn&#8217;t go with his gut, he thinks with his head, which I think is desirable.&#8221; Referring to the Afghanistan decision, Wayne said, &#8220;I don&#8217;t think he is an indecisive person, I just think this is a tough one.&#8221;</p>
<p>But to his critics, Obama&#8217;s prolonged Afghanistan review suggests weakness rather than wisdom. Former <strong>vice president Richard B. Cheney</strong> lobbed the &#8220;dithering&#8221; accusation last month. Then last week, former <strong>senator Fred D. Thompson (R-Tenn.)</strong> said on his radio show that Obama has waited so long to decide on an Afghanistan strategy that the war is now lost. &#8220;The president does not have the will and determination to do what&#8217;s necessary to win it. His heart&#8217;s not in it, and never has been,&#8221; Thompson said.</p>
<p>Obama&#8217;s style has been attacked from his left flank as well. Liberals have zinged him as being too cautious, too much of a compromiser. Some of his supporters would like to see him show more fire in the belly and recapture the energy that propelled him to victory last year.</p>
<p>&#8220;I think the Obama we&#8217;ve seen as president is a very different Obama than we saw during the campaign. He doesn&#8217;t seem to be connected, he doesn&#8217;t seem to have the passion, he doesn&#8217;t seem to be conveying the grand and inspiring vision,&#8221; says the progressive historian Allan Lichtman of American University. &#8220;If you want to be a transformational president, you&#8217;ve got to take the risks.&#8221;</p>
<p>Sean Wilentz, a history professor at Princeton, says Obama has suffered from unrealistic expectations among those who put him in office. &#8220;They kind of were sold Utopia, and they bought it, and it didn&#8217;t happen,&#8221; he says. &#8220;People were comparing the candidate to Abraham Lincoln before he served a day of his presidency. Nobody can live up to that.&#8221;</p>
<p>Many jobs, many crises</p>
<p><strong>As commander in chief, economist in chief, diplomat in chief and figurehead in chief, the president has a job description nearly as long as the tax code.</strong> He is in the Situation Room one night, holding a state dinner in a South Lawn tent the next &#8212; and pardoning a turkey in the Rose Garden the following morning. His portfolio of responsibilities covers much of the planet; no president has seen so many countries so fast. But critics are not satisfied. The reaction to his recent trip to Asia was, in effect, that he went all the way to China and came back with only a lousy T-shirt.</p>
<p>With multiple crises on his docket, the president has much to contemplate as he enters the holiday season. The economy has shown signs of growth and the stock market is up, but it&#8217;s a jobless recovery, unemployment is at the highest rate since he was in college, and there are fears of a double-dip recession. The dollar is down. The national debt is oceanic. Obama&#8217;s health-care plan is imperiled by the whims of a handful of lawmakers. His approval rating has dipped below 50 percent. Even once-Obama-friendly &#8220;Saturday Night Live&#8221; has taken to mocking him as a do-nothing president. This follows historical patterns: <strong>New presidents always experience a drop in popularity as the romance of the campaign trail gives way to the mundane bill-paying and grocery shopping of governance.</strong></p>
<p>The public debate over Afghanistan has focused on whether Obama should authorize more troops. The actual decision is vastly more complicated. Whatever the president chooses to do, he must bring on board as many allies as possible, which means getting a buy-in from Congress, his Cabinet, the Joint Chiefs of Staff, the bean counters who budget military action, NATO, various dyspeptic European leaders, the generals in the theater, the troops on the ground, the sketchy Afghan leadership, the Pakistanis and so on. He must also sell his plan to the American people, convincing the right that he&#8217;s tough enough to fight and the left that he knows where the exit is.</p>
<p>Obama told Chip Reid of CBS News, &#8220;I think the American people understand that my job here is to get it right, and I&#8217;m less concerned about perceptions, about process, than I am at making sure that once a decision is made everybody understands it, everybody is on the same page, and we&#8217;re able to move forward with the support of the American people.&#8221;</p>
<p>&#8216;A lot of different layers&#8217;</p>
<p><strong>White House press secretary Robert Gibbs</strong> was asked Monday if the president had anguished over the Afghanistan decision.</p>
<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t know if he&#8217;s anguished through this process,&#8221; Gibbs said. &#8220;I just think the president understands that there are a lot of different layers to our involvement in Afghanistan, how it relates to the region, what its impact is on our forces, what its impact is on our fiscal situation.&#8221;</p>
<p>Obama discussed his professorial leadership style in a recent interview with U.S. News &#038; World Report. He said he is not afraid of doubt and is comfortable with uncertainty: &#8220;Because these are tough questions, you are always dealing to some degree with probabilities. You&#8217;re never 100 percent certain that the course of action you&#8217;re choosing is going to work. What you can have confidence in is that the probability of it working is higher than the other options available to you. But that still leaves some uncertainty, which I think can be stressful, and that&#8217;s part of the reason why it&#8217;s so important to be willing to constantly reevaluate decisions based on new information.&#8221;</p>
<p>This past spring, Obama was asked by &#8220;60 Minutes&#8221; to describe the toughest decision in his first few months of office. He quickly said that it was the decision to deploy 17,000 more troops to Afghanistan. The increase had been requested by military commanders during the previous administration. Obama signed off on it.</p>
<p>He noted the grave responsibility of sending young men and women into harm&#8217;s way. But he also expressed discomfort with the process.</p>
<p>&#8220;I think it&#8217;s the right thing to do,&#8221; he said. &#8220;But it&#8217;s a weighty decision, because we actually had to make the decision prior to the completion of a strategic review that we were conducting.&#8221;</p>
<p>No one can accuse him of rushing the decision this time around. </p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/25/ce-week-12-in-his-slow-decision-making-obama-goes-with-head-not-gut-nov-25th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #12:  &#8220;9/11 trials good for America&#8221;  Nov. 23rd</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/23/ce-week-12-911-trials-good-for-america-nov-23rd/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/23/ce-week-12-911-trials-good-for-america-nov-23rd/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 24 Nov 2009 05:42:36 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Crime]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Institutions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Opinion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1218</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[by Leonard Pitts Jr.
The Spokesman-Review
“We (should) wrap him in bacon and deep fry him at a state fair while Lee Greenwood stabs him in the face.”
Jon Stewart of “The Daily Show” on confessed 9/11 mastermind Khalid Sheikh Mohammed
And seriously now, who doesn’t agree?
You’d have to be defective in your humanity not to. Mohammed plotted the [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>by Leonard Pitts Jr.<br />
The Spokesman-Review</strong></p>
<p>“We (should) wrap him in bacon and deep fry him at a state fair while Lee Greenwood stabs him in the face.”</p>
<p>Jon Stewart of “The Daily Show” on confessed <strong>9/11 mastermind Khalid Sheikh Mohammed</strong></p>
<p>And seriously now, who doesn’t agree?</p>
<p>You’d have to be defective in your humanity not to. Mohammed plotted the greatest act of mass murder in American history. Who among us wouldn’t like a piece of this guy?</p>
<p>Indeed, if critics of <strong>Attorney General Eric Holder</strong>’s decision to try him and his terrorist confederates in a New York City courtroom would be honest with themselves, they’d admit that this is what drives their condemnation, not questions of security, fears of acquittal or other obfuscatory concerns they’ve raised.</p>
<p>No, the baseline here is the understandable belief that these thugs, these gangsters of Islam, have no right to a trial, that the American legal system, with all its protections for the accused, all its rights and procedures and niceties, is more than they deserve.</p>
<p>Americans have always been ambivalent about the ability of our justice system to give bad people what they’ve got coming. That’s why the action movie almost always ends with the bad guy shot, impaled or fed into a wood chipper: Seeing him led away in handcuffs simply doesn’t impart the same visceral sense of just deserts.</p>
<p>But you have to wonder: Are our emotional needs the most important consideration here?</p>
<p>It’s worth remembering that even the architects of the greatest barbarism in history had their day in court. After burning away 11 million lives, the leaders of the Nazi regime found themselves facing not summary execution, but a trial before a military tribunal in Nuremberg, Germany.</p>
<p>As prosecutor Robert Jackson put it: “That four great nations, flushed with victory and stung with injury, stay the hand of vengeance and voluntarily submit their captive enemies to the judgment of the law is one of the most significant tributes that power has ever paid to reason.”</p>
<p>And when the trials were over and the verdicts delivered – death or imprisonment for most, three were acquitted – the New York Times editorialized as follows: “These sentences can neither atone for all the evil these men have brought into the world nor undo any part of it. But they help to assuage the conscience of mankind and to restore to honor the concept of the dignity of man which cannot be violated with impunity.”</p>
<p>Compare that with the Bush administration’s original, Supreme Court-rebuked vision of justice – minimal rights for the accused, torture allowed, the government’s thumb on justice’s scale – and maybe you’ll agree: we need this trial more than Mohammed does. For all its risks – and they are real – it offers a prize worth risking for: the promise of feeling like Americans again.</p>
<p>That feeling is arguably the most significant casualty of Sept. 11. On that day, we elevated a mob of stateless criminals, a mafia in cleric’s clothing, to the exalted level of rogue nation. But they were never that, never a threat to our national existence, lacked the forces to take even one square inch of American soil. What they could threaten – and take – was our sense of ourselves as a brave, reasonable and civilized people, inhabiting a nation of laws. They beckoned us into the mud with them, and we leapt.</p>
<p>It’s not the first time. Periodically, we have shed the burden of bravery, reason, civilization, laws. Always, it happens in moments of national stress, moments of overwhelming confusion, anger or fear, moments that make us prey to demons of expedience and moral compromise. Moments when we wonder if we can still afford to act like America.</p>
<p>But we face a band of bloodthirsty hoodlums whose dearest wish is to make us just like them. So maybe the better question is this:</p>
<p>Can we afford not to?</p>
<p><strong>Leonard Pitts Jr. is a columnist for the Miami Herald. </strong></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/23/ce-week-12-911-trials-good-for-america-nov-23rd/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #11:  &#8220;Iranian uranium site heightens concerns&#8221;  Nov. 17th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/18/ce-week-11-iranian-uranium-site-heightens-concerns-nov-17th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/18/ce-week-11-iranian-uranium-site-heightens-concerns-nov-17th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 18 Nov 2009 16:56:50 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1198</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Agency says Tehran hindered its probe
by George Jahn
Associated Press
VIENNA, Austria – Iranian construction of a previously secret uranium enrichment site is at an advanced stage, with high-tech equipment already in place at the fortified facility ahead of its 2011 startup, the International Atomic Energy Agency said in a report Monday.
The revelation of the existence of [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Agency says Tehran hindered its probe<br />
by George Jahn<br />
Associated Press</strong></p>
<p>VIENNA, Austria – Iranian construction of a previously secret uranium enrichment site is at an advanced stage, with high-tech equipment already in place at the fortified facility ahead of its 2011 startup, the International Atomic Energy Agency said in a report Monday.</p>
<p>The revelation of the existence of the underground plant known as Fordo, near the holy city of Qom, has heightened concerns of other possible undeclared Iranian facilities that are not subject to IAEA oversight and therefore could be used for military purposes.</p>
<p>In Washington, State Department spokesman Ian Kelly said the IAEA report “underscores that Iran still refuses to comply fully with its international nuclear obligations.”</p>
<p>The IAEA report offered no estimate of Fordo’s capabilities, but a senior international official familiar with the U.N. agency’s work in Iran said it appeared designed to produce about a ton of enriched uranium a year.</p>
<p>The official, as well as analysts, said that would be enough for a nuclear warhead but too little for Iran’s civilian reactors that have yet to come online, including the still unfinished plant at the southern port of Bushehr. The official spoke on condition of anonymity because the information he was citing was confidential.</p>
<p>“It won’t (even) be able to produce a reactor’s worth of fuel every 90 years, but it will be able to produce one bomb a year,” said Ivan Oelrich, vice president of the Strategic Security Program of the Federation of American Scientists. “It does look strange.”</p>
<p>The IAEA also said production at Iran’s main enrichment site at Natanz – revealed by dissidents in 2002 and under IAEA monitoring – was stagnating at mid-2009 levels.</p>
<p>The report did not offer a reason. But the official suggested that experts who used to work at Natanz could be preoccupied with finishing the Fordo site.</p>
<p>As early as three years ago, Iran had said immediate plans for Natanz were to install about 8,000 enriching centrifuges, and Monday’s report suggested Tehran had reached that goal.</p>
<p>The IAEA summary said that as of Nov. 2, about 8,600 centrifuges had been set up, but only about 4,000 were enriching – or 600 fewer than in September. Still, the official said output had been steady since June with about 220 pounds of enriched uranium being produced a month.</p>
<p>The report said Natanz had churned out nearly 4,000 pounds of uranium by Nov. 2 – close to what experts consider to be needed for two nuclear weapons. But for use as warhead material it would have to enriched further – it is now low-enriched uranium suitable only for fueling nuclear plants.</p>
<p>Iran insists it only wants to enrich uranium to make fuel to power nuclear reactors for civilian purposes, but fears that it could at some point use the technology to make weapons has resulted in three sets of U.N. Security Council sanctions meant to pressure Tehran into freezing the activity.</p>
<p>The restricted document, which was obtained by the Associated Press, also noted that “for well over a year,” Iran had stonewalled IAEA efforts to investigate allegations it actively worked on a nuclear weapons program.</p>
<p>Unless Tehran has a change of heart, the IAEA “will not be in a position to provide credible assurances about the absence of undeclared nuclear material and activities.”</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/18/ce-week-11-iranian-uranium-site-heightens-concerns-nov-17th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>8</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #11:  &#8220;The Surprising Lessons of Vietnam&#8221;  Nov. 16th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/16/ce-week-11-the-surprising-lessons-of-vietnam-nov-16th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/16/ce-week-11-the-surprising-lessons-of-vietnam-nov-16th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 16 Nov 2009 17:46:13 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Education]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1190</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Unraveling the mysteries of Vietnam may prevent us from repeating its mistakes.
By Evan Thomas and John Barry &#124; NEWSWEEK
Published Nov 7, 2009
From the magazine issue dated Nov 16, 2009
Stanley Karnow is the author of Vietnam: A History, generally regarded as the standard popular account of the Vietnam War. This past summer, Karnow, 84, picked up [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Unraveling the mysteries of Vietnam may prevent us from repeating its mistakes.</p>
<p>By Evan Thomas and John Barry | NEWSWEEK<br />
Published Nov 7, 2009</p>
<p>From the magazine issue dated Nov 16, 2009</strong></p>
<p>Stanley Karnow is the author of Vietnam: A History, generally regarded as the standard popular account of the Vietnam War. This past summer, Karnow, 84, picked up the phone to hear the voice of an old friend, Ambassador Richard Holbrooke. The two men had first met when Holbrooke was a young Foreign Service officer in Vietnam in the mid-1960s and Karnow was a reporter covering the war. Holbrooke, who is now the U.S. special representative for Afghanistan and Pakistan, was calling from Kabul. The two friends chatted for a while, then Holbrooke said, &#8220;Let me pass you to General McChrystal.&#8221; Gen. Stanley McChrystal, the commander of U.S. and allied forces in Afghanistan, came on the line. His question was simple but pregnant: &#8220;Is there anything we learned in Vietnam that we can apply to Afghanistan?&#8221; Karnow&#8217;s reply was just as simple: &#8220;The main thing I learned is that we never should have been there in the first place.&#8221;</p>
<p>Words of wisdom, but not all that useful to General McChrystal. Like it or not, he is already in Afghanistan, along with roughly 68,000 American and 35,000 European troops. McChrystal has been charged by President Obama with presenting a strategy for victory, generally defined as standing up the Afghan Army to beat back the Taliban and deny sanctuary to Al Qaeda. An avid reader of history, McChrystal has read Karnow&#8217;s book, but he has also read many others. One that he has read—and reread—is a 1999 book called A Better War, written by Lewis Sorley, a retired Army lieutenant colonel. Sorley argues that, contrary to the conventional wisdom, the United States could have won in Vietnam—if only the U.S. Congress hadn&#8217;t cut off military aid to South Vietnam.</p>
<p>Not surprisingly, the Sorley book is getting a lot of attention at the upper levels of the Pentagon and at McChrystal&#8217;s headquarters in Kabul. Told that NEWSWEEK was looking into the parallels between the Sorley book and General McChrystal&#8217;s situation in Afghanistan, a senior Marine general exclaimed, &#8220;You&#8217;re on to something there!&#8221; (Like other senior military officials contacted by NEWSWEEK, the general declined to be quoted praising a book that argues, though not in so many words, that the military was stabbed in the back by its civilian leaders.)</p>
<p>As he decides how to respond to McChrystal&#8217;s request for at least another 40,000 troops, President Obama has been reading some books, too. One that has caught the attention of some top advisers is Lessons in Disaster, by Gordon Goldstein, recounting how Presidents Kennedy and Johnson were not well advised on Vietnam. The very title of Goldstein&#8217;s book captures the conventional wisdom (at least at the center and left of the political spectrum) that Vietnam was a hopeless, unwinnable war.</p>
<p>But was it? The lessons of Vietnam are not necessarily the ones we glibly assume—chief among them that Afghanistan, like Vietnam, is a quagmire, and that achieving some sort of victory is out of reach. Vietnam has become code for American hubris and inevitable military defeat. &#8220;What ifs&#8221; are always a risky exercise, but some good historians have suggested that there were two moments when victory—or at least a semblance of victory—was possible in America&#8217;s long war in Southeast Asia. The first came early, in 1965. Had Lyndon Johnson moved aggressively into Vietnam then—taking the war to the enemy and cutting off its supply routes into South Vietnam—the North Vietnamese might have backed off. The second fell five years later, when the military was finally having success with a new counterinsurgency strategy. Would more resources and more fighting later in the war have resulted in South Vietnam remaining independent of the communist North, leaving Vietnam divided in the manner of Korea? Some historians now say yes; many others still say no.</p>
<p>What makes the conversation about Sorley&#8217;s thesis especially interesting now, of course, is, as McChrystal asked Karnow, whether there is anything to be learned from Vietnam that would illuminate the way forward in Afghanistan. To be clear: there is no precise parallel to draw between Vietnam and Afghanistan. Every war is different. But the revisionists&#8217; view of Vietnam does shed some light on the issues facing Obama about war leadership. The most surprising guidance Vietnam may have to offer is not that wars of this kind are unwinnable—which is clearly the common wisdom in America—but that they can produce victories if presidents resist the temptation to fight wars halfway or on the cheap. As President Eisenhower liked to say, if you fight, &#8220;you must fight to win.&#8221;</p>
<p>With their natural tendency to wage the last war, armies learn slowly. In World War II, American armed forces fought badly in Africa in 1942–43 and not so well in Italy in 1943–44 before getting it right in France and Germany in 1944–45. In Vietnam in 1965–67, the Americans pursued a misbegotten strategy of &#8220;search and destroy,&#8221; trying to fight an unconventional war with conventional forces that focused on &#8220;body counts&#8221; while the North Vietnamese more shrewdly infiltrated into towns and villages. Not until Gen. Creighton Abrams replaced Gen. William Westmoreland as U.S. commander in 1968 did the Americans smarten up and begin to fight a true counterinsurgency, focusing on protecting the population by a strategy of &#8220;clear and hold.&#8221; Instead of shoving aside the South Vietnamese Army, Abrams built up the local forces until they could stand and fight largely on their own—as they did in 1972, repulsing North Vietnam&#8217;s Easter Offensive with the aid of American airstrikes.</p>
<p>But by then, as Sorley laments in A Better War, it was too late. American public opinion had turned. In 1973, President Nixon and the North Vietnamese signed a peace treaty that allowed Hanoi to keep 150,000 troops in South Vietnam, just waiting on orders to march. In 1974, breaking Nixon&#8217;s promises of continued support to Saigon, the U.S. Congress cut off all aid to South Vietnam. Without logistical support or air cover, the South Vietnamese Army collapsed in 1975 and the communists swept into Saigon. Sorley quotes one of General Abrams&#8217;s closest colleagues, Gen. Bruce Palmer, as saying that Abrams &#8220;died [of cancer in 1974] feeling that we could have won the war. He felt we were on top of it in 1971, then lost our way.&#8221; Ellsworth Bunker, the U.S. ambassador to Saigon who worked with Abrams to turn the war around, felt the same: &#8220;We eventually defeated ourselves,&#8221; Bunker said. </p>
<p>In Iraq and Afghanistan, American forces have also been slow learners. Ever since the Civil War, the American way of war was to overwhelm the enemy with superior firepower. Against the better-led but materially weaker Confederate Army, a war of attrition finally brought results for Gen. Ulysses S. Grant—who had been made commander by President Lincoln only after much trial and error by the Union Army. In Iraq, the learning curve again stretched out for years. After Vietnam, the Army adopted an approach known as <strong>the Powell doctrine</strong> that called for overwhelming force and a quick exit strategy. Forgotten was how to fight a counterinsurgency. At the outset of the Iraq War, U.S. forces overwhelmed the pitiful Iraqi Army—but then got bogged down in a guerrilla struggle. At last realizing the futility of superior &#8220;kinetics&#8221;—roughly speaking, putting a lot of metal in the air—American forces belatedly adopted a counterinsurgency strategy. Using a new field manual—FM 3-24, written under the supervision of Gen. David Petraeus—U.S. forces began to focus on protecting civilians while ruthlessly targeting jihadist leaders. The so-called surge, along with a vigorous effort to negotiate with Sunni enemies and bring them over to our side, worked. It bought the shaky Iraqi government breathing room to establish itself in relative peace. Still marred by violence, Iraq is nowhere near the all-out civil war that had long been predicted.</p>
<p>Now, in Afghanistan, McChrystal is implementing a strategy that draws on the lessons of Iraq—and looks an awful lot like the &#8220;pacification&#8221; program adopted by General Abrams in Vietnam in 1968. By ratcheting back the heavy use (and overuse) of firepower, McChrystal has reduced civilian casualties, which alienate the locals and breed more jihadists. At the same time, U.S. Special Operations Forces use the intelligence gleaned from friendly civilians to find and kill Taliban leaders. That is precisely what <strong>the Phoenix Program</strong> was designed to do 40 years ago in Vietnam: target and assassinate Viet Cong leaders. McChrystal is focusing on recruiting and training Afghan Army and police so they can take over the job of securing Afghanistan as soon as possible. &#8220;Afghanization&#8221; of the war is much the same as &#8220;Vietnamization,&#8221; the strategy adopted—successfully, Sorley argues—before Congress voted an end to aid to the South.</p>
<p>If it was working in Vietnam, will it work in Afghanistan? Contacted by NEWSWEEK, even Sorley wouldn&#8217;t predict. He would say only that if Obama and his advisers are to study the lessons of Vietnam, they should at least be informed by the right ones. With smarter generals and a &#8220;population-centric strategy&#8221;—to use the counterinsurgency term now in vogue—the United States could have enabled South Vietnam to beat back the North.</p>
<p>Or so Sorley contends. Vietnam remains a toxic subject for historians, and Sorley&#8217;s book has inspired no shortage of critics. George Herring, a highly respected historian whose study of Vietnam, America’s Longest War, is a standard text, told NEWSWEEK that he is &#8220;rather appalled that Sorley&#8217;s book is being taken so seriously.&#8221; He acknowledges that the United States and its South Vietnamese allies were doing better by 1971, but notes that Hanoi wanted to prevail more than Saigon or Washington did—and was prepared to pay whatever price, in human terms, was necessary. &#8220;The war could not have been won at a price we were willing to pay,&#8221; he says. A more immediate observer, NEWSWEEK correspondent Ron Moreau, recalls patrolling with South Vietnamese infantry in 1973. The South Vietnamese troops, Moreau says, had become utterly dependent on U.S. air power. Without it, they were reluctant to venture forth against the enemy. Moreau, who now covers the war in Afghanistan for NEWSWEEK, sees the same rickety, corrupt power structure in Kabul that he recalls from Saigon and doubts that America can prop it up indefinitely.</p>
<p>America&#8217;s best chance to win in Vietnam may have come earlier in the war. In 1964–65, the top military leadership understood that to defeat the North, it was necessary to go all-out. As historian Mark Moyar points out in his groundbreaking work, Triumph Forsaken: The Vietnam War 1954–1965, that would have meant a massive bombing campaign, mining Hanoi&#8217;s port, and sending troops into Laos and Cambodia to cut off the North&#8217;s all-important sanctuaries and resupply route, the Ho Chi Minh Trail. But LBJ&#8217;s advisers were reluctant—fearful, in part, of dragging China and the Soviet Union into a larger war. The military pressed—but not very hard. As Brig. Gen. H. R. McMaster shows in Dereliction of Duty: Lyndon Johnson, Robert McNamara, the Joint Chiefs of Staff, and the Lies that Led to Vietnam, the top brass made the classic mistake of telling their political masters what they wanted to hear.</p>
<p>Johnson was horribly conflicted. One of his advisers, Douglass Cater, recalled the president&#8217;s angst: &#8220;I&#8217;d never seen the man in as dejected a mood—he said, &#8216;I don&#8217;t know what to do. If I send more boys in, there&#8217;s going to be killin&#8217;. If I take them out, there&#8217;s going to be more killin&#8217; &#8216; … And he never put a &#8216;g&#8217; on the &#8216;killin&#8217;,&#8217; it was Texas &#8216;killin&#8217;.&#8217; Then he got up and walked out of the room, leaving us in a somewhat shattered state.&#8221; Despite these melodramas, Johnson&#8217;s heart was never in the Vietnam War. He was much more concerned with getting his Great Society legislation through Congress. To avoid a fractious public debate over Vietnam, he tried to slide by without leveling with the American people about the commitment required to win. Inevitably, he just got sucked in deeper, an agony he captured in his colorful way: &#8220;I knew from the start if I left the woman I really loved—the Great Society—in order to fight this bitch of a war on the other side of the world, then I would lose everything at home,&#8221; he told historian Doris Kearns Goodwin. &#8220;All my programs. All my hopes … all my dreams.&#8221;</p>
<p>History may not repeat itself, but, as Mark Twain said, it does have a tendency to rhyme. Interviewed by NEWSWEEK in September as his secret 66-page analysis of the mess in Afghanistan was leaking out, General McChrystal said it was his &#8220;duty,&#8221; his &#8220;sacred duty,&#8221; to tell the president exactly what the military required to win there. McChrystal was clearly mindful of the cautionary tale told by McMaster in Dereliction of Duty. But duty is not a simple notion, and it&#8217;s possible that the range of options presented to the president by McChrystal—to dispatch 40,000 more troops? Or 20,000? Or 80,000?—has been massaged for political effect. The formula used by General Petraeus&#8217;s own counterinsurgency manual—one soldier for every 50 square miles—suggests America would need far more troops, something like a half million all told, to pacify the whole country. An aide to McChrystal, who would not speak for attribution on this sensitive subject, told NEWSWEEK that there&#8217;s &#8220;a bit of a Goldilocks scenario—too hot, too cold, just right&#8221;—in the general&#8217;s recommendation. McChrystal is sensitive to the need to make do with whatever he gets, though if he gets &#8220;the lower number&#8221; (roughly 10,000 to 20,000 troops), says this aide, he will have to &#8220;rethink strategy.&#8221; (Article continued below)</p>
<p>Advertisement<br />
Your video will begin in   seconds<br />
Adjust volume for sound</p>
<p>The Vietnam Wall: What We Left Behind</p>
<p>Just as Afghanistan is not Vietnam, President Obama is not President Johnson. LBJ&#8217;s heart truly did belong to his dream of a Great Society. It&#8217;s not clear what Obama&#8217;s heart belongs to—he is a much more dispassionate figure. Nonetheless, he is undoubtedly thinking about how history will judge him. He may want to show that he is decisive, that he did not just kick the problem down the road. If he decides that Afghanistan is winnable—i.e., that the Afghans can find some lasting measure of security against the Taliban—he will need to give the war his wholehearted backing. It may be true, as Sorley&#8217;s detractors suggest, that by 1972 Vietnam was already lost. But that does not mean it&#8217;s too late to win in Afghanistan. The Taliban are not the North-Vietnamese. When the Americans and Saigon finally found an effective counter-insurgency strategy and took control of the countryside from the Viet Cong, Hanoi responded by sending in whole divisions of battle-tested troops. The Taliban are much weaker and far less organized. They do not have waves of combat troops and armor.</p>
<p>Or Obama may decide that Afghanistan is too hard, that the country&#8217;s leadership is too corrupt; that too many Afghans will forever regard American soldiers as alien occupiers; that a big influx of troops will only fuel the insurgency and make the Afghan military more dependent; that America will not indefinitely tolerate a war that costs more than $40 billion a year and bleeds off hundreds or thousands of young American soldiers. But if that is the case, Obama needs to start preparing for an orderly withdrawal—and explaining to America and the world why it&#8217;s necessary.</p>
<p>Obama&#8217;s pronounced tendency is to try to find a middle ground, a compromise. He may try to find a way to send, say, 20,000 troops and ask McChrystal to make do. If so, he runs the real risk of repeating Johnson&#8217;s mistake of incrementalism—of doing just enough (or so he hoped) to get the enemy to the bargaining table and to keep the hawks at home off his back. Hoping to muddle through only got LBJ stuck deeper in the mud. Afghanistan may not be Vietnam, but Obama risks repeating Johnson&#8217;s mistake.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/16/ce-week-11-the-surprising-lessons-of-vietnam-nov-16th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>9</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #11:  &#8220;Playing what’s dealt in Afghanistan&#8221;  Nov. 15th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/15/ce-week-11-playing-what%e2%80%99s-dealt-in-afghanistan-nov-15th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/15/ce-week-11-playing-what%e2%80%99s-dealt-in-afghanistan-nov-15th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 15 Nov 2009 17:39:46 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Opinion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1194</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[by David S. Broder
The Spokesman-Review
The more President Barack Obama examines our options in Afghanistan, the less he likes the choices he sees. But, as the old saying goes, to govern is to choose – and he has stretched the internal debate to the breaking point.
It is evident from the length of this deliberative process and [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>by David S. Broder<br />
The Spokesman-Review</strong></p>
<p>The more President Barack Obama examines our options in Afghanistan, the less he likes the choices he sees. But, as the old saying goes, to govern is to choose – and he has stretched the internal debate to the breaking point.</p>
<p>It is evident from the length of this deliberative process and from the flood of leaks that have emerged from Kabul and Washington that the perfect course of action does not exist. Given that reality, the urgent necessity is to make a decision – whether or not it is right.</p>
<p>The cost of indecision is growing every day. The United States and its people, the allies who have contributed their own troops to the struggle against al-Qaida and the Taliban, and the Afghans and their government are waiting impatiently, while the challenge is getting worse.</p>
<p>When Obama became <strong>commander in chief</strong>, his course of action seemed clear. He was bent on early withdrawal from Iraq and an increase in resources and emphasis on winning in Afghanistan – the struggle he repeatedly called “a war of necessity.”</p>
<p>He sent 21,000 more troops to hold it together through the Afghan election, and named two new generals: Stanley McChrystal to run the war and Karl Eikenberry to manage the politics and reconstruction from the ambassador’s office in Kabul.</p>
<p>McChrystal came up with a new plan of battle, emphasizing protection of population centers and requiring up to 40,000 more troops. Eikenberry, we now know, balked, giving voice to the widespread fear that Hamid Karzai, the carry-over winner of the election the ambassador helped arrange, was too weak and corrupt to govern the country effectively, even with an enlarged American force keeping order.</p>
<p>Their disagreement was echoed and amplified throughout the Obama administration. The secretaries of defense and state came down on McChrystal’s side; the vice president and many on the White House political staff with Eikenberry.</p>
<p>The president, notwithstanding his earlier rhetoric and actions, has hesitated to resolve the issue. Obama needs to remember what <strong>Clark Clifford</strong> said about the president he served, <strong>Harry Truman</strong>. Clifford, one of Truman’s closest advisers, said the president “believed that even a wrong decision was better than no decision at all.”</p>
<p>While Obama deliberates, his party in Congress shows increasing reluctance to make an all-out commitment to the war effort. The chairmen of two key Senate committees, Foreign Relations and Armed Services, are arguing for retraining Afghan troops – if they can even be found – and turning over more of the burden of fighting to them.</p>
<p>Meanwhile, events in Afghanistan support McChrystal’s prediction that delay in expanding the American troop commitment will almost certainly lead to gains for the Taliban and greater risk for U.S. and allied troops.</p>
<p>In all this dithering, it’s easy to forget a few fundamentals. Why are we in Afghanistan? Not because of its own claim on us but because the Taliban rulers welcomed the al-Qaida plotters who hatched the destruction of 9/11. The Taliban also oppressed their own people, especially women, but we sent troops because Afghanistan was the hide-out for the terrorists that attacked our country.</p>
<p>We knew governing Afghanistan would never be easy. It had resisted outside forces through the ages, and its geography, its tribal structure, its absence of a democratic tradition and its poverty all argued that once we went in, it would be hard to get out.</p>
<p>But George W. Bush said – and Obama seemed to agree – that withdrawal was not and is not an option.</p>
<p>That imperative is reinforced by the presence of Pakistan, a shaky nuclear-armed power across a porous mountain border. If the Taliban comes back in Afghanistan, the al-Qaida cells already in Pakistan will operate even more freely – and nuclear weapons could fall into the most dangerous hands.</p>
<p>Given all of this, I don’t see how Obama can refuse to back up the commander he picked and the strategy he is recommending. It may not work if the country truly is ungovernable. But I think we have to gamble that security will bring political progress – as it has done in Iraq.</p>
<p>Obama did not believe that could happen there. But given what he inherited, and given what he has done himself so far, I think he has no choice but to play out that hand. If we can’t afford to lose, then play to win.<br />
<strong><br />
David S. Broder is a columnist for the Washington Post. His e-mail address is davidbroder@washpost.com. </strong></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/15/ce-week-11-playing-what%e2%80%99s-dealt-in-afghanistan-nov-15th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>14</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #10:  &#8220;Sources say Obama plans Afghan surge&#8221;  Nov. 8th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/08/ce-week-10-sources-say-obama-plans-afghan-surge-nov-8th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/08/ce-week-10-sources-say-obama-plans-afghan-surge-nov-8th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 09 Nov 2009 04:52:07 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1168</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[More than 30,000 troops would be deployed next year
Mcclatchy
The Spokesman-Review
Coalition forces in Afghanistan now total 67,000 U.S. troops and 42,000 troops from other countries.
WASHINGTON – President Barack Obama is nearing a decision to send more than 30,000 additional U.S. troops to Afghanistan next year, but he may not announce it until after he consults with [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>More than 30,000 troops would be deployed next year<br />
Mcclatchy<br />
The Spokesman-Review</strong></p>
<p>Coalition forces in Afghanistan now total 67,000 U.S. troops and 42,000 troops from other countries.</p>
<p>WASHINGTON – President Barack Obama is nearing a decision to send more than 30,000 additional U.S. troops to Afghanistan next year, but he may not announce it until after he consults with key allies and completes a trip to Asia later this month, administration and military officials have told McClatchy Newspapers.</p>
<p>As it now stands, the administration’s plan calls for sending three Army brigades from the 101st Airborne Division at Fort Campbell, Ky., and the 10th Mountain Division at Fort Drum, N.Y., and a Marine brigade, for a total of as many as 23,000 additional combat and support troops.</p>
<p>Another 7,000 troops would man and support a new division headquarters for the international force’s Regional Command South in Kandahar, the Taliban birthplace where the U.S. is due to take command in 2010. Some 4,000 additional U.S. trainers are likely to be sent as well, the officials said.</p>
<p>The first additional combat brigade probably would arrive in Afghanistan next March, the officials said, with the other three following at roughly three-month intervals, meaning that all the additional U.S. troops probably wouldn’t be deployed until the end of next year. Army brigades number 3,500 to 5,000 soldiers; a Marine brigade has about 8,000 troops.</p>
<p>The plan would fall well short of the 80,000 troops that Army Gen. Stanley McChrystal, the top U.S. military commander in Afghanistan, suggested as a “low-risk option” that would offer the best chance to contain the Taliban-led insurgency and stabilize Afghanistan.</p>
<p>It splits the difference between two other McChrystal options: a “high-risk” one that called for 20,000 additional troops and a “medium-risk” one that would add 40,000 to 45,000 troops.</p>
<p>The officials, all of whom spoke on the condition of anonymity because they weren’t authorized to discuss internal administration planning, cautioned that Obama’s decision isn’t final, and won’t be until after administration officials discuss it with NATO allies at a Nov. 23 meeting of the alliance’s North Atlantic Council and its Military Committee.</p>
<p>Coalition forces now total 67,000 U.S. troops and 42,000 troops from other countries. The Army’s counterinsurgency manual estimates that an all-out counterinsurgency campaign in a country with Afghanistan’s population would require about 600,000 troops.</p>
<p>Although the administration privately is holding out little hope of persuading Canada or the Netherlands to abandon their plans to withdraw combat troops, much less getting additional allied troops, it wants to avoid creating the impression – at home and abroad – that the U.S. “is going it alone” in Afghanistan, said one military official.</p>
<p>Administration officials also want time to launch a public relations offensive to convince an increasingly skeptical public and a wary Democratic Congress that the war, now in its ninth year and inflicting rising casualties, is one of “necessity,” as Obama said earlier this year.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/08/ce-week-10-sources-say-obama-plans-afghan-surge-nov-8th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>6</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #10:  &#8220;An extraordinary injustice&#8221;  Nov. 6th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/06/ce-week-10-an-extraordinary-injustice-nov-6th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/06/ce-week-10-an-extraordinary-injustice-nov-6th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 06 Nov 2009 22:43:50 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Civil Liberties/Rights]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Opinion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1156</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Amy Goodman
The Spokesman-Review
“Extraordinary rendition” is White House-speak for kidnapping. Just ask Maher Arar. He’s a Canadian citizen who was “rendered” by the U.S. to Syria, where he was tortured for almost a year. Just this week, the Second U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals, in New York City, dismissed Arar’s case against the government officials (including [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Amy Goodman<br />
The Spokesman-Review</strong></p>
<p>“Extraordinary rendition” is White House-speak for kidnapping. Just ask Maher Arar. He’s a Canadian citizen who was “rendered” by the U.S. to Syria, where he was tortured for almost a year. Just this week, the Second U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals, in New York City, dismissed Arar’s case against the government officials (including FBI Director Robert Mueller, former Homeland Security Secretary Tom Ridge and former Attorney General John Ashcroft) who allegedly conspired to have him kidnapped and tortured.</p>
<p>Arar is safe now, recovering in Canada with his family. But the decision sends a signal to the Obama administration that there will be no judicial intervention to halt the cruel excesses of the Bush-era “Global War on Terror,” including extraordinary rendition, torture and the use of the “state secrets privilege” to hide these crimes.</p>
<p>Arar’s life-altering odyssey is one of the best-known and best-investigated of those victimized by U.S. extraordinary rendition. After vacationing with his family in Tunisia, Arar attempted to fly home to Canada. On Sept. 26, 2002, while changing planes at JFK Airport, Arar was pulled aside for questioning. He was fingerprinted and searched by the FBI and the New York Police Department. He asked for a lawyer and was told he had no rights.</p>
<p>He was then taken to another location and subjected to two days of aggressive interrogations, with no access to phone, food or a lawyer. He was asked about his membership with various terrorist groups, about Osama bin Laden, Iraq, Palestine and more. Shackled, he was moved to a maximum-security federal detention center in Brooklyn, strip-searched and threatened with deportation to Syria.</p>
<p>Arar was born in Syria and told his captors that if he returned there, he would be tortured. As Arar’s lawyers would later argue, however, that is exactly what they hoped would happen. Arar was eventually allowed a call – he got through to his mother-in-law, who got him a lawyer – and a visit from a Canadian Consulate official.</p>
<p>For nearly two weeks, the U.S. authorities held the Syria threat over his head. Still, he denied any involvement with terrorism. So in the middle of the night, over a weekend, without normal immigration proceedings – without anyone telling his lawyer or the Canadian Consulate – he was dragged in chains to a private jet contracted by the CIA and flown to Jordan, where he was handed over to the Syrians.</p>
<p>For 10 months and 10 days, Maher was held in a dark, damp, cold cell, measuring 6 feet by 3 feet by 7 feet high, the size of a grave. He was beaten repeatedly with a thick electrical cable all over his body, punched, made to listen to the torture of others, denied food and threatened with electrical shock and an array of more horrors. To stop the torture, he falsely confessed to attending terrorist training in Afghanistan. Then, after nearly a year, he was abruptly released to Canada, 40 pounds lighter and emotionally destroyed.</p>
<p>The Canadian government, under conservative Prime Minister Stephen Harper, investigated, found its own culpability in relaying unreliable information to the FBI and settled with Arar, giving him an apology and $10 million. The U.S. government, on the other hand, has offered no apology and has kept Arar on a terrorist watch list. He is not allowed to enter the U.S. Two years ago, he had to testify before Congress via video conference.</p>
<p>He said: “These past few years have been a nightmare for me. Since my return to Canada, my physical pain has slowly healed, but the cognitive and psychological scars from my ordeal remain with me on a daily basis. I still have nightmares and recurring flashbacks. I am not the same person that I was. I also hope to convey how fragile our human rights have become and how easily they can be taken from us by the same governments that have sworn to protect them.”</p>
<p>Given the excesses of the Bush administration and Barack Obama’s promise of change, it has surprised many that these policies are continuing and that Congress and the courts have not closed this chapter of U.S. history. President Obama has never once condemned extraordinary rendition.</p>
<p>Arar’s lawyer, Maria LaHood, of the Center for Constitutional Rights, calls the court decision against Arar “an outrage.” In his dissent, Judge Guido Calabresi wrote, “I believe that when the history of this distinguished court is written, today’s majority decision will be viewed with dismay.” Given the torture that Arar suffered, his own response was remarkably measured: “If anything, this decision is a loss to all Americans and to the rule of law.”</p>
<p><strong>Amy Goodman hosts a daily international TV and radio news hour called “Democracy Now!” that airs on more than 800 stations in North America. Denis Moynihan contributed research to this column. </strong></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/06/ce-week-10-an-extraordinary-injustice-nov-6th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>4</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #8:  NATO Ministers Endorse Wider Afghan Effort&#8221;  Oct. 24th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/26/ce-week-8-nato-ministers-endorse-wider-afghan-effort-oct-24th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/26/ce-week-8-nato-ministers-endorse-wider-afghan-effort-oct-24th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 26 Oct 2009 22:24:10 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1128</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[By THOM SHANKER and MARK LANDLER
BRATISLAVA, Slovakia — Defense ministers from NATO on Friday endorsed the ambitious counterinsurgency strategy for Afghanistan proposed by Gen. Stanley A. McChrystal, giving new impetus to his recommendation to pour more troops into the eight-year-old war.
General McChrystal, the senior American and allied commander in Afghanistan, made an unannounced appearance here [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>By THOM SHANKER and MARK LANDLER</strong></p>
<p>BRATISLAVA, Slovakia — Defense ministers from <strong>NATO</strong> on Friday endorsed the ambitious counterinsurgency strategy for Afghanistan proposed by <strong>Gen. Stanley A. McChrystal</strong>, giving new impetus to his recommendation to pour more troops into the eight-year-old war.</p>
<p>General McChrystal, the senior American and allied commander in Afghanistan, made an unannounced appearance here on Friday to brief the defense ministers on his strategic review of a war in which the American-led campaign has lost momentum to a tenacious <strong>Taliban</strong> insurgency.</p>
<p>“What we did today was to discuss General McChrystal’s overall assessment, his overall approach, and I have noted a broad support from all ministers of this overall counterinsurgency approach,” said NATO’s secretary general, Anders Fogh Rasmussen.</p>
<p>The acceptance by NATO defense ministers of General McChrystal’s approach did not include a decision on new troops, and it was not clear that their judgment would translate into increased willingness by their governments, many of which have been seeking to reduce their military presence in Afghanistan, to contribute further forces to the war.</p>
<p>But it was another in a series of judgments that success there could not be achieved by a narrower effort that did not increase troop levels in Afghanistan substantially and focused more on capturing and killing terrorists linked to <strong>Al Qaeda</strong> — a counterterrorism strategy identified with Vice President Joseph R. Biden Jr.</p>
<p>The NATO briefing, though held privately, thrusts General McChrystal back into the debate over what President Obama should do about Afghanistan — a role that has raised tensions between the general and the White House in the past, and even drawn a rebuke from his boss, <strong>Defense Secretary Robert M. Gates</strong>.</p>
<p>NATO’s support got no official reaction from the White House. But an administration official noted that an endorsement by defense ministers was not the same as an endorsement by the alliance’s political leadership. Other officials were emphatic that Mr. Obama would not be stampeded in his deliberations and suggested that the NATO statement should not be taken as evidence that the White House had made a decision about how to proceed.</p>
<p>“In no way, shape or form are the president’s options constrained,” said Richard C. Holbrooke, the administration’s special representative for Afghanistan and Pakistan, speaking to reporters at the State Department.</p>
<p>General McChrystal’s review calls for adopting a full-scale counterinsurgency strategy that would protect population centers and accelerate training of Afghan Army and police units — both of which would require significant numbers of fresh troops. NATO diplomats noted that it was difficult to see how an acceptance of this broad strategy could be viewed as anything but an endorsement of the need to increase both military and civilian contributions.</p>
<p>Mr. Gates, who has kept his views about additional troops close to his vest and has discouraged his commanders from lobbying too publicly for their positions, declined to be drawn out on this assessment.</p>
<p>“For this meeting, I am here mainly in listening mode,” Mr. Gates said in Bratislava after the NATO briefing, although he noted that “many allies spoke positively about General McChrystal’s assessment.”</p>
<p>Mr. Gates said the administration’s decision on Afghanistan was still two or three weeks away, and he cautioned that it was “vastly premature” to draw conclusions now about whether the president would deploy more troops. He said that allied defense ministers had not voiced concerns about the administration’s decision-making process.</p>
<p>Although NATO will not meet until next month to decide whether to commit more resources to Afghanistan, Mr. Gates did reveal that he had received indications that some allies were prepared to increase their contributions of civilian experts or troops, or both.</p>
<p>Britain and other NATO members have had their own fractious political debates over troop levels. A retired top general in Britain recently said that the government of <strong>Prime Minister Gordon Brown</strong> had rebuffed his requests for more troops, a charge Mr. Brown denied.</p>
<p>Separate from his strategic review, General McChrystal has submitted a request for forces, which is now working its way through both the American and NATO chains of command.</p>
<p>The options submitted by General McChrystal range to a maximum of 85,000 more troops, although his leading option calls for increasing forces by about 40,000, according to officials familiar with the proposal.</p>
<p>The pressure for more troops was a theme throughout the day at the NATO meeting, as other senior international representatives told defense ministers of the need to increase their commitments in order to succeed in Afghanistan.</p>
<p><strong>The United Nations</strong> special representative for Afghanistan, Kai Eide, who also flew to the Slovakian capital to meet the ministers, stressed that “additional international troops are required.” He also told the allies, “This cannot be a U.S.-only enterprise.”</p>
<p>Mr. Eide acknowledged that it might be difficult to rally public support for force contributions while allegations of election fraud continued to taint the government of <strong>President Hamid Karzai</strong>.</p>
<p>Senior American military officers have already endorsed General McChrystal’s overall strategy, including <strong>Adm. Mike Mullen, chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, and Gen. David H. Petraeus, the American commander in the Middle East.</strong></p>
<p>Senior NATO officials made clear that additional commitments should go beyond combat forces to include trainers for the Afghan Army and police force, as well as civilians to help rebuild the economy and restore confidence in the government.</p>
<p>“What we need is a much broader strategy, which stabilizes the whole of Afghan society, and this is the essence in the recommendations presented by General McChrystal,” said Mr. Rasmussen, the NATO secretary general. “This won’t happen just because of a good plan. It will also need resources — people and money.”</p>
<p>General McChrystal was not scheduled to make any public comments here. The general’s reticence was not unexpected, as some administration officials have criticized his recent statements as an attempt to press the White House to act.</p>
<p>The general and his aides have denied they were playing politics. General McChrystal said in a recent interview that success required a unified, government-wide strategy.</p>
<p>NATO officials assessing the potential for allied troop contributions said that delicate negotiations were under way, and that NATO capitals were watching the Obama administration for signals even while they sent signals of their own.</p>
<p><strong><br />
Thom Shanker reported from Bratislava, and Mark Landler from Washington.</strong></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/26/ce-week-8-nato-ministers-endorse-wider-afghan-effort-oct-24th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>5</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #7:  &#8220;Obama’s peace resume thin&#8221;  Oct. 17th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/17/ce-week-7-obama%e2%80%99s-peace-resume-thin-oct-17th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/17/ce-week-7-obama%e2%80%99s-peace-resume-thin-oct-17th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 18 Oct 2009 06:11:07 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Opinion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War in Iraq]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Uncategorized]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1100</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[by Charles Krauthammer
About the only thing more comical than Barack Obama’s Nobel Peace Prize was the reaction of those who deemed the award “premature,” as if the brilliance of Obama’s foreign policy is so self-evident and its success so assured that if only the Norway Five had waited a few years, his Nobel worthiness would [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>by Charles Krauthammer</strong></p>
<p>About the only thing more comical than Barack Obama’s Nobel Peace Prize was the reaction of those who deemed the award “premature,” as if the brilliance of Obama’s foreign policy is so self-evident and its success so assured that if only the Norway Five had waited a few years, his Nobel worthiness would have been universally acknowledged.</p>
<p>To believe this, you have to be a dreamy adolescent (preferably Scandinavian and a member of the Socialist International) or an indiscriminate imbiber of White House talking points. After all, this was precisely the spin on the president’s various apology tours through Europe and the Middle East: National self-denigration – excuse me, outreach and understanding – is not meant to yield immediate results; it simply plants the seeds of good feeling from which foreign policy successes shall come.</p>
<p>Chauncey Gardiner could not have said it better. Well, at nine months, let’s review.</p>
<p>What’s come from Obama holding his tongue while Iranian demonstrators were being shot and from his recognizing the legitimacy of a thug regime illegitimately returned to power in a fraudulent election? Iran cracks down even more mercilessly on the opposition and races ahead with its nuclear program.</p>
<p>What’s come from Secretary of State Hillary Clinton taking human rights off the table on a visit to China and from Obama’s shameful refusal to see the Dalai Lama (a postponement, we are told). China hasn’t moved an inch on North Korea, Iran or human rights. Indeed it’s pushing with Russia to dethrone the dollar as the world’s reserve currency.</p>
<p>What’s come from the new-respect-for-Muslims Cairo speech and the unprecedented pressure on Israel for a total settlement freeze? “The settlement push backfired,” reports the Washington Post, and Arab-Israeli peace prospects have “arguably regressed.”</p>
<p>And what’s come from Obama’s single most dramatic foreign policy stroke – the sudden abrogation of missile defense arrangements with Poland and the Czech Republic that Russia had virulently opposed? For the East Europeans it was a crushing blow, a gratuitous restoration of Russian influence over a region that thought it had regained independence under American protection.</p>
<p>But maybe not gratuitous. Surely we got something in return for selling out our friends. Some brilliant secret trade-off to get strong Russian support for stopping Iran from going nuclear before it’s too late?</p>
<p>Just wait and see, said administration officials, who then gleefully played up an oblique statement by President Dmitry Medvedev a week later as vindication of the missile defense betrayal.</p>
<p>The Russian statement was so equivocal that such a claim seemed a ridiculous stretch at the time. Well, Clinton went to Moscow this week to nail down the deal. What did she get?</p>
<p>“Russia Not Budging On Iran Sanctions: Clinton Unable to Sway Counterpart.” Such was the Washington Post headline’s succinct summary of the debacle.</p>
<p>Note how thoroughly Clinton was rebuffed. Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov declared that “threats, sanctions and threats of pressure” are “counterproductive.” Note: It’s not just sanctions that are worse than useless, but even the threat of mere pressure.</p>
<p>It gets worse. Having failed to get any movement from the Russians, Clinton herself moved – to accommodate the Russian position! Sanctions? What sanctions? “We are not at that point yet,” she averred. “That is not a conclusion we have reached … it is our preference that Iran work with the international community.”</p>
<p>But wait a minute. Didn’t Obama say in July that Iran had to show compliance by the G-20 summit in late September? And when that deadline passed, did he not then warn Iran that it would face “sanctions that have bite” and that it would have to take “a new course or face consequences”?</p>
<p>Gone with the wind. It’s the U.S. that’s now retreating from its already flimsy position of just three weeks ago. We’re not doing sanctions now, you see. We’re back to engagement. Just as the Russians suggest.</p>
<p>Henry Kissinger once said that the main job of Anatoly Dobrynin, the perennial Soviet ambassador to Washington, was to tell the Kremlin leadership that whenever they received a proposal from the United States that appeared disadvantageous to the United States, not to assume it was a trick.</p>
<p>No need for a Dobrynin today. The Russian leadership, hardly believing its luck, needs no interpreter to understand that when the Obama team clownishly rushes in bearing gifts and “reset” buttons, there is nothing ulterior, diabolical, clever or even serious behind it. It is amateurishness, wrapped in naiveté, inside credulity. In short, the very stuff of Nobels.<br />
<strong><br />
Charles Krauthammer is a columnist for the Washington Post Writers Group. His e-mail address is letters@ charleskrauthammer.com. </strong></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/17/ce-week-7-obama%e2%80%99s-peace-resume-thin-oct-17th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #7:  &#8220;Saving The World Takes Time&#8221;  Oct. 14th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/17/ce-week-7-saving-the-world-takes-time-oct-14th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/17/ce-week-7-saving-the-world-takes-time-oct-14th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 18 Oct 2009 04:27:05 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Opinion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1096</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[By Chris Jordan
October 14, 2009
“Tell me, Jimmy — what has Obama accomplished to deserve the Nobel Peace Prize? Heck — if he’s qualified, I think I could win it next year!”
Even if your name isn’t Jimmy, you’ve probably heard a version of this argument from friends, family or classmates in the wake of the president’s [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Chris Jordan<br />
October 14, 2009</strong></p>
<p>“Tell me, Jimmy — what has Obama accomplished to deserve the Nobel Peace Prize? Heck — if he’s qualified, I think I could win it next year!”</p>
<p>Even if your name isn’t Jimmy, you’ve probably heard a version of this argument from friends, family or classmates in the wake of the president’s Nobel victory last Friday.</p>
<p>I agree with the skeptics (including the president himself), who say that Obama has probably not accomplished enough to deserve the prize. It is, however, ridiculous to claim that he’s “accomplished nothing,” or that he has not made great progress on major issues.</p>
<p>Before we start the Jimmy Carter comparisons, let’s not forget the guy is barely a sixth of the way through his first term. And before we judge success, let’s not forget the horrible mess that the last guy left for him to clean up.</p>
<p>Even in the most turbulent region on earth, the Middle East, the new president has made some important strides.</p>
<p>The administration is currently embroiled in an internal debate over the strategy in Afghanistan, with many of Obama’s key advisors split in their policy prescriptions.</p>
<p>The president has rightfully expressed concern over “mission creep,” the gradual shifting of objectives during a military campaign that often results in unwanted, long-term commitments. He’s also stated that the new strategy will focus on winning over civilians and the general population, a move that contributed to the success of the surge in Iraq.</p>
<p>Regardless of whether the Afghanistan strategy shift means more or less troops, we’ve gone from a “shock and awe” approach to genuine recognition that defeating extremists means more than simply killing all the terrorists you can hunt down. It means winning over the people and thus the source of future recruits.</p>
<p>Despite John McCain’s campaign warning that Obama’s Iran approach would be “naïve” and “dangerous,” talks between U.S. and Iranian diplomats began several weeks ago for the first time in 30 years. Aided by the recent revelation of Iran’s secret nuclear facility and strong internal opposition to President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad, those talks are already beginning to bear fruit.</p>
<p>This is only a first step, and we should be alert that what Iran says and what Iran does might be two entirely different things.</p>
<p>But we’ve gone from merely shouting at Iran and threatening them to engaging in serious diplomatic talks that are, so far, getting results.</p>
<p>And the United States is finally realizing the importance of Pakistan as well. We have been spending $30 in Afghanistan for every $1 we spend in Pakistan, even though the latter has nuclear weapons and is the believed hiding spot of Al-Qaeda.</p>
<p>Congress just recently passed, and the president will soon sign, the Kerry-Lugar Bill, which increases annual economic aid to Pakistan significantly. This bill is an acknowledgment of the strategic centrality of Pakistan and the importance of undercutting conditions, such as poverty, upon which extremism thrives.</p>
<p>The conditional strings attached to this money have caused somewhat of a backlash in Pakistan. Despite the rough public relations rollout, this bill is a strategic step in the right direction for the United States.</p>
<p>We’ve gone from a Pakistan policy focused entirely on former President Musharraf to one that actually invests in the nation’s people and institutions and ties future aid to conditional goals.</p>
<p>So has Obama ended the violence and brought stability to Afghanistan? Has he prevented Iran from getting a nuclear weapon? Has he established a cooperative relationship with Pakistan? Not yet. But he is taking the necessary steps to move us closer to these goals.</p>
<p>Clearly, saving the world takes time.</p>
<p>If nothing else, perhaps every time the president glances up at that Nobel Prize hanging on the wall, he’ll be reminded of the hope so many have placed in him and find some additional will to rise to the challenge.</p>
<p><strong>Reach columnist Chris Jordan at opinion@dailyuw.com.</strong></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/17/ce-week-7-saving-the-world-takes-time-oct-14th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>16</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #6:  &#8220;Peace prize is biased, hollow&#8221;  Oct. 13th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/13/ce-week-6-peace-prize-is-biased-hollow-oct-13th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/13/ce-week-6-peace-prize-is-biased-hollow-oct-13th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 14 Oct 2009 04:20:37 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Opinion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Religion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War in Iraq]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1092</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[by Cal Thomas
“War will continue until the end …” (Daniel 9:26)
Like the Pulitzer Prize for journalism, along with the Oscar and Emmy for film and television, the Nobel Peace Prize is an inside job in which liberal, wishful-thinking humanists give awards to each other.
For all I care, the Nobel Committee could have given their useless (except [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>by Cal Thomas</strong></p>
<p>“War will continue until the end …” (Daniel 9:26)</p>
<p>Like the Pulitzer Prize for journalism, along with the Oscar and Emmy for film and television, the Nobel Peace Prize is an inside job in which liberal, wishful-thinking humanists give awards to each other.</p>
<p>For all I care, the Nobel Committee could have given their useless (except for the money) prize to Homer Simpson. Like President Barack Obama, Homer has done nothing to earn it, though he may be the only character who has been on TV more than the president.</p>
<p>According to the Web site www.globalsecurity.org, there are currently “42 active conflicts and/or wars in the world today.” Not all are shooting wars at the moment and there are several civil wars and conflicts between Israel and various terrorist groups, but 42 wars is a lot of war.</p>
<p>Peace generally occurs when aggressive evil is defeated, which is why Germany and Japan no longer war with the United States. The Nobel Committee apparently believes that by diplomatically singing “All we are saying is give peace a chance,” evil people will study war no more and be so impressed by our intentions they will lay down their arms.</p>
<p>Iran’s President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad could win the Nobel Peace Prize in an instant if he announced his god had told him not to eradicate Israel, or usher in Armageddon. But Ahmadinejad won’t, because he is evil and must be defeated. Neither will he respond to negotiations or sanctions. Same with Osama bin Laden. The United Nations would welcome him as a speaker and the Nobel Committee would award him their top prize if he would announce he no longer believes in terrorism and has become a follower of the Dalai Lama or some other “acceptable” pseudo-deity. He also will do no such thing because he is evil and must be defeated.</p>
<p>The Nobel Committee believes George W. Bush is evil, but apparently not bin Laden or Ahmadinejad. It cringes at leaders who wish to overcome evil by force rather than have the forces of evil overcome them. The Nobel Committee hates Israel, too. And this is because its members, and like-minded male wimps around the world, idolize Michael J. Fox instead of John Wayne and find their role models in the liberal ladies of “The View,” not in muscular characters like Jack Bauer (and Chloe, who gets it) on “24.”</p>
<p>The peace prize concept is flawed because the problem of war does not lie with those who would make peace, but with those who would make war. If the Nobel Committee were realistic, it would stop handing out peace prizes and start issuing awards for those who have confronted evil and produced peace in nations that have only known oppression. Candidates for such prizes would include Ronald Reagan, Margaret Thatcher and Pope John Paul II, who conspired to liberate Europe from the totalitarian hand of Soviet communism.</p>
<p>Bill Clinton would also be a legitimate candidate for his efforts that stabilized Bosnia. He could take some small credit for the peace in Northern Ireland, which, though worked on for decades, was finally brokered on his watch. President Obama was right when he acknowledged that he doesn’t deserve the prize. Neither did Yasser Arafat, Henry Kissinger, Le Duc Tho or Al Gore.</p>
<p>The question should be: Why, despite man’s best efforts, including the League of Nations and United Nations, have we been unsuccessful in eradicating war? The answer lies in this ancient wisdom: “What causes fights and quarrels among you? Don’t they come from your desires that battle within you? You want something but don’t get it. You kill and covet, but you cannot have what you want. You quarrel and fight. You do not have because you do not ask God. When you ask, you do not receive, because you ask with wrong motives that you may spend what you get on your pleasures.” (James 4:1-3)</p>
<p>That’s why a peace prize is meaningless.<br />
<strong><br />
Cal Thomas is a columnist for Tribune Media Services. </strong></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/13/ce-week-6-peace-prize-is-biased-hollow-oct-13th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>11</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #6:  &#8220;Obama’s Afghanistan agony&#8221; Oct. 10th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/10/ce-week-6-obama%e2%80%99s-afghanistan-agony/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/10/ce-week-6-obama%e2%80%99s-afghanistan-agony/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 10 Oct 2009 15:08:37 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Opinion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War in Iraq]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1079</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[by Charles Krauthammer
The genius of democracy is the rotation of power, which forces the opposition to be serious – particularly about things like war, about which until Jan. 20 of this year Democrats were decidedly unserious.
When the Iraq war (which a majority of Senate Democrats voted for) ran into trouble and casualties began to mount, [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>by Charles Krauthammer</strong></p>
<p>The genius of democracy is the rotation of power, which forces the opposition to be serious – particularly about things like war, about which until Jan. 20 of this year Democrats were decidedly unserious.</p>
<p>When the Iraq war (which a majority of Senate Democrats voted for) ran into trouble and casualties began to mount, Democrats followed the shifting winds of public opinion and turned decidedly anti-war. But needing political cover because of their post-Vietnam reputation for weakness on national defense, they adopted Afghanistan as their pet war.</p>
<p>“I was part of the 2004 Kerry campaign, which elevated the idea of Afghanistan as ‘the right war’ to conventional Democratic wisdom,” wrote Democratic consultant Bob Shrum shortly after President Obama was elected.</p>
<p>“This was accurate as criticism of the Bush administration, but it was also reflexive and perhaps by now even misleading as policy.”</p>
<p>Which is a clever way to say that championing victory in Afghanistan was a contrived and disingenuous policy in which Democrats never seriously believed, a convenient two-by-four with which to bash George Bush over Iraq – while still appearing warlike enough to fend off the soft-on-defense stereotype.</p>
<p>Brilliantly crafted and perfectly cynical, the “Iraq war bad, Afghan war good” posture worked. Democrats first won Congress, then the White House. But now, unfortunately, they must govern. No more games. No more pretense.</p>
<p>So what does their commander in chief do now with the war he once declared had to be won but had been almost criminally under-resourced by Bush?</p>
<p>Perhaps provide the resources to win it?</p>
<p>You would think so. And that’s exactly what Obama’s handpicked commander requested on Aug. 30 – a surge of 30,000 to 40,000 troops to stabilize a downward spiral and save Afghanistan the way a similar surge saved Iraq.</p>
<p>That was more than five weeks ago. Still no response. Obama agonizes publicly as the world watches. Why? Because, explains national security adviser James Jones, you don’t commit troops before you decide on a strategy.</p>
<p>No strategy? On March 27, flanked by his secretaries of defense and state, the president said this: “Today I’m announcing a comprehensive new strategy for Afghanistan and Pakistan.” He then outlined a civilian-military counterinsurgency campaign to defeat the Taliban in Afghanistan.</p>
<p>And to emphasize his seriousness, the president made clear that he had not arrived casually at this decision. The new strategy, he declared, “marks the conclusion of a careful policy review.”</p>
<p>Conclusion, mind you. Not the beginning. Not a process. The conclusion of an extensive review, the president assured the nation, that included consultation with military commanders and diplomats, with the governments of Afghanistan and Pakistan, with our NATO allies and members of Congress.</p>
<p>The general in charge was then relieved and replaced with Obama’s own choice, Stanley McChrystal. And it’s McChrystal who submitted the request for the 40,000 troops, a request upon which the commander in chief promptly gagged.</p>
<p>The White House began leaking an alternate strategy, apparently proposed (invented?) by Vice President Joe Biden, for achieving immaculate victory with arm’s-length use of cruise missiles, Predator drones and special ops.</p>
<p>The irony is that no one knows more about this kind of warfare than Gen. McChrystal. He was in charge of exactly this kind of “counterterrorism” in Iraq for nearly five years, killing thousands of bad guys in hugely successful under-the-radar operations.</p>
<p>When the world’s expert on this type of counterterrorism warfare recommends precisely the opposite strategy – “counterinsurgency,” meaning a heavy-footprint, population-protecting troop surge – you have the most convincing of cases against counterterrorism by the man who most knows its potential and its limits. And McChrystal was emphatic in his recommendation: To go any other way than counterinsurgency would lose the war.</p>
<p>Yet his commander in chief, young Hamlet, frets, demurs, agonizes. His domestic advisers, led by Rahm Emanuel, tell him if he goes for victory, he’ll become LBJ, the domestic visionary destroyed by a foreign war. His vice president holds out the chimera of painless counterterrorism success.</p>
<p>Against Emanuel and Biden stand David Petraeus, the world’s foremost expert on counterinsurgency (he saved Iraq with it), and Stanley McChrystal, the world’s foremost expert on counterterrorism. Whose recommendation on how to fight would you rely on?</p>
<p>Less than two months ago – Aug. 17 in front of an audience of veterans – the president declared Afghanistan to be “a war of necessity.” Does anything he says remain operative beyond the fading of the audience applause?<br />
<strong><br />
Charles Krauthammer is a columnist for the Washington Post Writers Group. His e-mail address is letters@charleskrauthammer.com. </strong></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/10/ce-week-6-obama%e2%80%99s-afghanistan-agony/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #5:  &#8220;A look at Obama’s Afghan options&#8221;  Oct. 4th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/04/ce-week-5-a-look-at-obama%e2%80%99s-afghan-options-oct-4th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/04/ce-week-5-a-look-at-obama%e2%80%99s-afghan-options-oct-4th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 05 Oct 2009 00:58:12 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1056</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[by Robert Burns / Associated Press
WASHINGTON – President Barack Obama is considering a range of ideas for changing course in Afghanistan, from pulling back to staying put to sending thousands more troops to fight the insurgency.
A look at the options and their implications for achieving Obama’s stated goal of defeating al-Qaida.
Getting Out
A full, immediate withdrawal [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>by Robert Burns / Associated Press</strong></p>
<p>WASHINGTON – President Barack Obama is considering a range of ideas for changing course in Afghanistan, from pulling back to staying put to sending thousands more troops to fight the insurgency.</p>
<p>A look at the options and their implications for achieving Obama’s stated goal of defeating al-Qaida.</p>
<p><strong>Getting Out</strong></p>
<p>A full, immediate withdrawal of American forces does not appear to be in the cards, not the least because U.S. allies in NATO share the view that abandoning Afghanistan now would hand a victory to Islamic extremist forces such as the Taliban that are aligned in some respects with Osama bin Laden’s al-Qaida. Some argue that because the al-Qaida figures who were run out of Afghanistan when U.S. troops invaded after the Sept. 11 attacks are now encamped across the border in Pakistan, there is no point to a U.S. military presence in Afghanistan. A related school of thought holds that the very presence of foreign troops in Afghanistan adds to the country’s instability and fuels its insurgency. Obama has taken a different view. Less than two months ago he said, “If left unchecked, the Taliban insurgency will mean an even larger safe haven from which al-Qaida would plot to kill more Americans. So this is not only a war worth fighting. This is fundamental to the defense of our people.”</p>
<p><strong>Scaling Back</strong></p>
<p>A less drastic alternative to a full-scale retreat is a partial pullback. A reduced U.S. force would stay mainly to train and advise the Afghan national army and police. U.S. special operations forces would continue their hunt for most-wanted extremist leaders in Afghanistan. Pilotless drones such as the armed Predator would take out al-Qaida figures on the Pakistan side of the border. This would essentially end the counterinsurgency mission of U.S. and NATO forces. The reasoning is that the fight is not worth the cost in blood and treasure, and al-Qaida is a more urgent priority. This counterterror option would amount to a reversal of the strategy Obama endorsed in March. In the view of military analysts Frederick and Kimberly Kagan, who favor an expanded counterinsurgency campaign, a shift to only training and counterterror operations would be a big mistake. They argue that it would empower the Taliban and al-Qaida, endanger remaining U.S. troops and diplomats and allow Islamic extremists to portray the U.S. pullback as a defeat for the forces of moderation.</p>
<p><strong>Staying Put</strong></p>
<p>One of those advocating no short-term change in the size of the U.S. force in Afghanistan is Sen. Carl Levin, D-Mich., chairman of the Senate Armed Services Committee. He argues for putting greater emphasis on training the Afghan security forces and accelerating their growth. In this approach, the counterinsurgency campaign against the Taliban would continue on course. Additional U.S. troops would be required for the training mission, but not for combat. The flow of equipment for the police and army would be expanded. More effort would be focused on persuading lower-level Taliban fighters to lay down their arms. Gen. Stanley McChrystal, the top commander in Afghanistan, is calling for accelerated training of Afghan forces. But in his view, more combat troops also are required to retake the initiative from the Taliban, which now control or contest large parts of the country. Earlier efforts to speed up Afghan training stalled in part because of a lack of NATO trainers.</p>
<p><strong>Ramping Up</strong></p>
<p>This is the McChrystal plan, which he calls “a fundamentally new way of doing business.” In military parlance, it would be a classic counterinsurgency campaign that could last for years. It would mean sending more U.S. troops – perhaps as many as 40,000. The general says it would mean redefining the fight in ways that enable Afghans to regain control of their own country. McChrystal spelled out his reasoning in a report weeks ago to Defense Secretary Robert Gates, who asked for a comprehensive assessment of the war effort when he removed McChrystal’s predecessor, Gen. David McKiernan, in May in search of “fresh thinking, fresh eyes.” McChrystal says there is no guarantee his approach will work. Critics worry that this escalation would only lead to others, creating a quagmire. But McChrystal argues that if the Afghan government falls to the Taliban – or is unable to counter international terrorist networks – then Afghanistan could again become a base for al-Qaida to launch an attack on the U.S. That’s just what Obama says must be avoided.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/04/ce-week-5-a-look-at-obama%e2%80%99s-afghan-options-oct-4th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>17</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #5:  Video &#8220;Meet The Press Roundtable &#8211; Afghanistan&#8221;  Oct. 4th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/04/ce-week-5-meet-the-press-roundtable-afghanistan-oct-4th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/04/ce-week-5-meet-the-press-roundtable-afghanistan-oct-4th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 04 Oct 2009 23:06:20 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Economics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Opinion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1060</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[
Visit msnbc.com for Breaking News, World News, and News about the Economy

]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div><iframe height="339" width="425" src="http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/22425001/vp/33163473#33163473" frameborder="0" scrolling="no"></iframe>
<p style="font-size:11px; font-family:Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; color: #999; margin-top: 5px; background: transparent; text-align: center; width: 425px;">Visit msnbc.com for <a style="text-decoration:none !important; border-bottom: 1px dotted #999 !important; font-weight:normal !important; height: 13px; color:#5799DB !important;" href="http://www.msnbc.msn.com">Breaking News</a>, <a href="http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/3032507" style="text-decoration:none !important; border-bottom: 1px dotted #999 !important; font-weight:normal !important; height: 13px; color:#5799DB !important;">World News</a>, and <a href="http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/3032072" style="text-decoration:none !important; border-bottom: 1px dotted #999 !important; font-weight:normal !important; height: 13px; color:#5799DB !important;">News about the Economy</a></p>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/04/ce-week-5-meet-the-press-roundtable-afghanistan-oct-4th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>5</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #4:  &#8220;Hardball:  Democrats Face Tough Fight in 2010&#8243;  Sept. 25th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/27/ce-week-4-hardball-democrats-face-tough-fight-in-2010-sept-25th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/27/ce-week-4-hardball-democrats-face-tough-fight-in-2010-sept-25th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 27 Sep 2009 15:58:38 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Economics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Health Care]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Institutions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Opinion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Polls]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Media]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War in Iraq]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1035</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[
Visit msnbc.com for Breaking News, World News, and News about the Economy

]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div><iframe height="339" width="425" src="http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/22425001/vp/33027195#33027195" frameborder="0" scrolling="no"></iframe>
<p style="font-size:11px; font-family:Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; color: #999; margin-top: 5px; background: transparent; text-align: center; width: 425px;">Visit msnbc.com for <a style="text-decoration:none !important; border-bottom: 1px dotted #999 !important; font-weight:normal !important; height: 13px; color:#5799DB !important;" href="http://www.msnbc.msn.com">Breaking News</a>, <a href="http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/3032507" style="text-decoration:none !important; border-bottom: 1px dotted #999 !important; font-weight:normal !important; height: 13px; color:#5799DB !important;">World News</a>, and <a href="http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/3032072" style="text-decoration:none !important; border-bottom: 1px dotted #999 !important; font-weight:normal !important; height: 13px; color:#5799DB !important;">News about the Economy</a></p>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/27/ce-week-4-hardball-democrats-face-tough-fight-in-2010-sept-25th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #4:  &#8220;Playing Chicken With Suicide Bombers&#8221;  Sept. 27th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/27/ce-week-4-playing-chicken-with-suicide-bombers-sept-27th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/27/ce-week-4-playing-chicken-with-suicide-bombers-sept-27th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 27 Sep 2009 15:11:37 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Civil Liberties/Rights]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Crime]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Opinion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1024</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[September 27, 2009
The New York Times:  Op-Ed Contributor
By JOHN FARMER Jr.
THE nation is abuzz with praise for law enforcement. After months of careful investigation, involving extensive surveillance and international monitoring of travel and financial records, the authorities disrupt a major Qaeda cell operating domestically, arresting the primary conspirators. The conspirators are indicted and detained, and [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div><em><strong>September 27, 2009</strong></em></div>
<div><em><strong>The New York Times:  Op-Ed Contributor</strong></em></div>
<div><em><strong>By JOHN FARMER Jr.</strong></em></div>
<p>THE nation is abuzz with praise for law enforcement. After months of careful investigation, involving extensive surveillance and international monitoring of travel and financial records, the authorities disrupt a major Qaeda cell operating domestically, arresting the primary conspirators. The conspirators are indicted and detained, and the nation breathes a sigh of relief.</p>
<p>Until the subway explodes.</p>
<p>The situation described above is not, thankfully, what has happened in the wake of the arrests this month of Najibullah Zazi, his father and several alleged confederates in Colorado and New York. Instead, it describes what happened in England in 2004 when the authorities, in Operation Crevice, arrested several terrorists (five of whom were eventually convicted) but had insufficient evidence to charge several other associates. Those other men went on to bomb the London subway on July 7, 2005.</p>
<p>Taken together, the Zazi and British cases illustrate a daunting challenge facing the criminal justice system in dealing with domestic terrorism attacks: law enforcement must constantly balance its need to develop evidence sufficient to convict the conspirators against the potentially devastating consequences of allowing the conspiracy to ripen into an attack.</p>
<p>To arrest the suspects prematurely is to run the risks of acquittal, of forcing prosecutors to advocate and courts to accept overly broad interpretations of existing criminal statutes, and perhaps of arresting innocent people. To decide to wait, however, continuing surveillance in the hope of developing better proof, is to risk losing the suspects and placing the public in mortal peril.</p>
<p>Police departments, prosecutors and the F.B.I. all face similar challenges in other criminal contexts. Anyone who has been involved at a senior level in serious investigations is aware of the suspected sexual predator or armed bank robber — or even the suspected serial killer — who must be left at large because of the lack of admissible evidence. Sometimes, proof is developed and the perpetrator is caught; sometimes, people get hurt.</p>
<p>As a society, we have weighed the risks to public safety in curtailing police power against the risks to public liberty of allowing too much police power. The balance we have struck is reflected in our constitutional protections. The question posed by terrorism, however, is whether the stakes — possibly tens of thousands of deaths — are sufficiently higher to alter that balance in favor of greater government power.</p>
<p>History shows that our decisions have yielded mixed results. During the mid-1990s, the authorities were able to develop strong evidence against Omar Abdel-Rahman, known as the Blind Sheik, and his fellow conspirators who were plotting to blow up New York City landmarks; they were convicted in 1995. In an earlier case, however, the unwillingness of a confidential informant to develop evidence that could be used in court led the F.B.I. to cut ties with him in 1992; the group on which he had been informing went on to bomb the World Trade Center the following February.</p>
<p>Prosecutors in the Zazi case to date have been unable to charge several other suspected co-conspirators — as many as 24, according to some reports. And while Mr. Zazi has now been accused by authorities of conspiring to make bombs, the other arrestees have been charged only with the relatively minor offense of lying to the authorities. Law enforcement is described in several news reports as “stretched thin” as it conducts surveillance of Mr. Zazi’s associates.</p>
<p>This has an ominous precedent: in the wake of the 2004 arrests, British authorities followed the other associates who had appeared on video surveillance with the conspirators, but eventually lost interest and moved on to other investigations. Those forgotten men proceeded to kill 52 people and wound 700 more.</p>
<p>Time will tell whether the decision to arrest Mr. Zazi and his associates was premature. If the case against them does not develop beyond what has been reported, and if no useable evidence is developed against the 24 other men, the decision to arrest will be second-guessed. That would be grossly unfair. From a public safety perspective, law enforcement officers and prosecutors cannot be faulted for acting when they believe that the public is in imminent peril, even if that means compromising an investigation.</p>
<p>The larger issue raised here is whether there is a viable alternative to the nerve-racking game of chicken that law enforcement must play in terrorism cases. The obvious — though extremely unpopular — alternative is the passage of a <em><strong>preventive detention statute</strong></em>.</p>
<p>Such statutes have been upheld in the context of people with a demonstrated proclivity toward violent conduct, like sexual predators; the concept could be adapted, in a way that withstands constitutional scrutiny, to cover people with a demonstrated proclivity toward terrorism. That approach would give law enforcement additional means to disrupt potential terrorist plots. It has the virtue of honesty, obviating the strained and sometimes disingenuous use of material-witness and false-statement statutes that are now frequently used to arrest and hold suspected terrorists, and would remove the temptation to criminalize conduct that borders on free speech.</p>
<p>Still, preventive detention is hardly a panacea. What should the burden of proof be in using “civil commitment” regarding terrorism? When should that burden be adjusted, if ever? How often would a subject’s status be reviewed? How long may someone be held? There is, moreover, something about detaining someone before he has committed an offense that runs counter to our core constitutional values.</p>
<p>The Zazi case may well end up providing more questions than answers. In the absence of some mechanism allowing for preventive detention, the F.B.I. and police must continue to make hair-trigger judgments in real time about whether and when to arrest and charge suspects. Those are decisions our law enforcement officials routinely make, and make well, in other contexts; in terrorism cases, however, we have to ask if the stakes are too high for the system we have in place.</p>
<p><em><strong>John Farmer Jr., a former attorney general of New Jersey, is the dean of the Rutgers School of Law at Newark and the author of “The Ground Truth.”</strong></em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/27/ce-week-4-playing-chicken-with-suicide-bombers-sept-27th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #3:  &#8220;High court should not repeat error of Obama&#8221;  Sept. 18th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/20/ce-week-3-high-court-should-not-repeat-error-of-obama-sept-18th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/20/ce-week-3-high-court-should-not-repeat-error-of-obama-sept-18th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 21 Sep 2009 00:28:57 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Civil Liberties/Rights]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Opinion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Supreme Court]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1013</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[ 

Editor’s note: Because of vacation schedules, this commentary from Thursday’s Los Angeles Times is presented in place of the customary Spokesman-Review editorial.
This spring, President Barack Obama reversed himself and decided to block the release of photographs showing the abuse of detainees by the U.S. military. Now, having lost in two lower federal courts, the administration [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div><span> </span></div>
<div id="story-body">
<p><strong><em>Editor’s note: Because of vacation schedules, this commentary from Thursday’s Los Angeles Times is presented in place of the customary Spokesman-Review editorial.</em></strong></p>
<p>This spring, President Barack Obama reversed himself and decided to block the release of photographs showing the abuse of detainees by the U.S. military. Now, having lost in two lower federal courts, the administration is seeking review by the U.S. Supreme Court. The justices should decline the invitation.</p>
<p>The high court ordinarily agrees to hear cases that raise difficult questions on which lower courts have disagreed. But two courts found the legal issue in this case straightforward. <em><strong>The Freedom of Information Act</strong></em> allows for the non-disclosure of information that “could reasonably be expected to endanger the life or physical safety of any individual.” The obvious purpose of that language is to protect individuals who might be identified and placed in harm’s way.</p>
<p>The administration is offering a different argument. In her petition to the Supreme Court, <em><strong>U.S. Solicitor General Elena Kagan</strong></em> quoted Obama’s warning that releasing the photos would “further inflame anti-American opinion and put our troops in greater danger.”</p>
<p>No doubt these and other photos would feed anti-American propaganda, as did the stomach-turning images of abuse at the Abu Ghraib prison in Iraq. It’s doubtful, however, that they would provide much additional traction for enemies who already portray the United States as a nation of torturers. If anything, releasing the photos – with alterations to protect the identities of individuals – would underscore Obama’s determination not to repeat the egregious violations of human rights that occurred during the Bush administration.</p>
<p>As we have argued before, suppressing images of atrocities – whether of Nazi concentration camps, lynchings in the American South or “tiger cages” in Vietnam – is an attempt to blot out the historical record. Besides, the attempt is likely to be unsuccessful, given the history of efforts to block the unauthorized release of embarrassing information.</p>
<p>Ignoring those realities, the Senate has approved legislation that would allow the secretary of defense to block release of photos of detainees captured abroad after 9/11. The House fortunately has not approved it.</p>
<p>Meanwhile, judges are charged with weighing the legality, not the wisdom, of withholding such photos. If the Supreme Court were to reverse or weaken the decisions of lower courts, the impact would extend far beyond this case. A dilution of the exemption in the FOIA for materials that would threaten individuals would be a license for future administrations to suppress all sorts of information on the grounds that it might exacerbate anti-Americanism.</p>
<p>Obama was wrong to try to block the release of these photos. Neither the court nor Congress should compound his error.</p></div>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/20/ce-week-3-high-court-should-not-repeat-error-of-obama-sept-18th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #3:  &#8220;New Missile Shield Strategy Scales Back Reagan’s Vision&#8221;  Sept. 18th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/20/ce-week-3-new-missile-shield-strategy-scales-back-reagan%e2%80%99s-vision-sept-18th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/20/ce-week-3-new-missile-shield-strategy-scales-back-reagan%e2%80%99s-vision-sept-18th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 20 Sep 2009 23:14:21 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1004</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[By DAVID E. SANGER and WILLIAM J. BROAD
WASHINGTON — The new plan that President Obama laid out for a missile shield against Iran on Thursday turns Ronald Reagan’s vision of a Star Wars system on its head: Rather than focusing first on protecting the continental United States, it shifts the immediate effort to defending Europe [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div><strong>By <a title="More Articles by David E. Sanger" href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/people/s/david_e_sanger/index.html?inline=nyt-per">DAVID E. SANGER</a> and <a title="More Articles by William J. Broad" href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/people/b/william_j_broad/index.html?inline=nyt-per">WILLIAM J. BROAD</a></strong></div>
<p>WASHINGTON — <a title="President’s statement on missile defense" href="http://www.whitehouse.gov/the_press_office/Remarks-by-the-President-on-Strengthening-Missile-Defense-in-Europe/">The new plan that </a><a title="More articles about Barack Obama." href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/people/o/barack_obama/index.html?inline=nyt-per">President Obama</a> laid out for a missile shield against Iran on Thursday turns <a title="More articles about Ronald Wilson Reagan." href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/people/r/ronald_wilson_reagan/index.html?inline=nyt-per">Ronald Reagan</a>’s vision of a Star Wars system on its head: Rather than focusing first on protecting the continental United States, it shifts the immediate effort to defending Europe and the Middle East.</p>
<p>It is a long way from the impermeable shield that President Reagan described in glowing terms in 1983, an announcement that turned into a diplomatic triumph even while it was a technological flop. Ever since, missile defense has always been more about international politics than about new military technology.</p>
<p>In the last years of the cold war, it helped nudge the Soviets toward agreements that sharply reduced nuclear arsenals, a process that Mr. Obama hopes to revive at the end of the year. In the <a title="More articles about George W. Bush." href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/people/b/george_w_bush/index.html?inline=nyt-per">George W. Bush</a> years, it was about expanding <a title="More articles about the North Atlantic Treaty Organization." href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/organizations/n/north_atlantic_treaty_organization/index.html?inline=nyt-org">NATO</a> and, under the cover of building antimissile bases to protect against North Korean attack, a subtle warning to China that its power in the Pacific would not go unchecked.</p>
<p>Now, in the age of Obama, the vision has descended from the stars to sea level. A president who was still in college during <a title="Reagan’s missile defense speech" href="http://www.atomicarchive.com/Docs/Missile/Starwars.shtml">Reagan’s famous missile defense speech</a> has turned a scaled-back version of the technology, which would first be based on ships, to a new mission: Convincing Israel and the Arab world that Washington is moving quickly to counter Iran’s influence, even as it opens direct negotiations with Tehran for the first time in 30 years.</p>
<p>For Mr. Obama, it is a step fraught with some risk. Within hours of his announcement, charges were flying that in his first major confrontation with the Russians, he had backed down, giving in to Moscow’s opposition to the Bush plan to place missile defenses in Poland and the Czech Republic.</p>
<p>“The politics of this was driving him in the other direction, against appearing to back down,” said William Perry, who served as defense secretary in the Clinton administration. “But he went with where the technology is today — and where the threat is today.”</p>
<p>During last year’s presidential campaign, missile defense was tricky territory for Mr. Obama. His liberal base was allergic to the very words. Mr. Obama, eager to show that he was neither a neophyte nor soft on defense, talked about embracing those technologies that were “proven and cost-effective.”</p>
<p>Nine months into his presidency, Mr. Obama has begun to describe what that means. He is not abandoning the two antimissile bases built on American soil in the Bush years, one in Alaska and one in California. But his aides — led by the one veteran of the cold war in his cabinet, Defense Secretary <a title="More articles about Robert M. Gates." href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/people/g/robert_m_gates/index.html?inline=nyt-per">Robert M. Gates</a> — argued Thursday that Iran and North Korea were taking far longer to develop intercontinental missiles than many feared a decade ago.</p>
<p>The urgency, they argued, lies in addressing a more imminent threat: Iran’s short-  and medium-range missiles.</p>
<p>First among those weapons is the Shahab III, the missile that can reach Israel and parts of Europe. It is also the missile that American, Israeli and European intelligence services have charged that Iran hopes to fit with a nuclear warhead. Iran denies that but has refused to answer questions from international inspectors about documents that appear to link the missile program to its nuclear efforts.</p>
<p>That standoff has fed the conviction inside the White House that the Iranian threat needs to be countered. But officials argued Thursday that the faster, and surer, way to accomplish that goal was to scrap Mr. Bush’s plan, which would have based antimissile batteries too far from Iran to be useful against short- and medium-range missiles, and put them closer to Tehran.</p>
<p><em><strong>“One of the realities of life is the enemy gets a vote,” </strong></em>said Gen. James E. Cartwright, vice chairman of the <a title="More articles about Joint Chiefs of Staff" href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/organizations/j/joint_chiefs_of_staff/index.html?inline=nyt-org">Joint Chiefs of Staff</a>.</p>
<p>But Mr. Obama’s critics argue that while Iran is rightly a major focus of missile defense, it is not the only one, and that in dismantling the Bush plan, the new president is undercutting American allies.</p>
<p>“I fear the administration’s decision will do just that,” Senator <a title="More articles about John McCain." href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/people/m/john_mccain/index.html?inline=nyt-per">John McCain</a>, Mr. Obama’s Republican rival in last year’s presidential election, said Thursday, adding that the decision came “at a time when Eastern European nations are increasingly wary of renewed Russian adventurism.”</p>
<p>But Mr. Obama is betting that over time he can assuage bruised feelings in Europe. And he is betting that his credibility will rise in the Middle East, where he can now argue that the American missile shield will defend both Israel and the Arab states, notably Saudi Arabia and Egypt. There are signs that all of them may be interested in nuclear capabilities of their own — especially if they believe that the United States will not stand up to Iran.</p>
<p>But Mr. Obama may also be vulnerable to charges that he could be leaving parts of the continental United States defenseless if Iran makes bigger strides with long-range missiles. His critics point to Iran’s <a title="Times article" href="http://www.nytimes.com/2009/02/04/world/middleeast/04iran.html">launching of a satellite into space in February</a>. The craft orbited the Earth for nearly three months, passing repeatedly over the United States.</p>
<p>“Iran has already demonstrated it has the capability to develop long-range missiles,” said Robert Joseph, one of the architects of Mr. Bush’s missile defense strategy, who was highly critical of Mr. Obama’s decision. “They have both the capability and intention to move forward.”</p>
<p>The Obama administration counters that Iran has no long-range rockets and that the threat has been slower to develop than expected.</p>
<p>Twenty-six years after Mr. Reagan’s famous speech, the most visible element of his strategy is a system of missile interceptors that sprawl across the wilds of Alaska and a sister base in California. The system’s “kill vehicles” are meant to zoom into space and destroy enemy warheads — presumably a single North Korean launching — by force of impact. Military and private experts say the West Coast interceptors could also smash an Iranian warhead, unless it was headed toward the East Coast of the United States. That is why the Bush administration wanted to erect additional interceptors in Poland. To advocates of the classic vision of missile defense, it is unconscionable to leave the East Coast unprotected.</p>
<p>But critics of the interceptor system say its flight tests have repeatedly fallen short, and call its supposed protection a mirage.</p>
<p>Now comes the next debate: Whether the Obama plan is any more technologically feasible than past efforts.</p>
<p>So Mr. Obama faces the same challenge as Mr. Reagan: Winning the argument that his version of missile defense is workable — or at least workable enough to be a potent political weapon.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/20/ce-week-3-new-missile-shield-strategy-scales-back-reagan%e2%80%99s-vision-sept-18th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #2:  &#8220;Rookie Mistakes: Time for Obama to Lead&#8221;  Sept. 13th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/13/ce-week-2-rookie-mistakes-time-for-obama-to-lead-sept-13th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/13/ce-week-2-rookie-mistakes-time-for-obama-to-lead-sept-13th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 14 Sep 2009 00:15:31 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[2008 Election]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Crime]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Economics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Health Care]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Opinion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Polls]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=986</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Thursday, Sep. 03, 2009
By Joe Klein of TIME Magazine

Well, we survived August, which is good news. It was not a month that will be recorded in the Enlightened Discourse Hall of Fame. In fact, it was a national embarrassment — not just the steady stream of misinformation about the nature of President Obama&#8217;s health-care proposals, [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div id="date2"><em><strong>Thursday, Sep. 03, 2009</strong></em></div>
<div><em><strong>By Joe Klein of TIME Magazine<br />
</strong></em></div>
<p>Well, we survived August, which is good news. It was not a month that will be recorded in the Enlightened Discourse Hall of Fame. In fact, it was a national embarrassment — not just the steady stream of misinformation about the nature of President Obama&#8217;s health-care proposals, but the racism — both overt and opaque — the death threats, the imprecations (calling someone a Nazi is evidence of the evil of banality), the idiots bearing assault rifles at presidential events. As the lunatics took over the asylum, the President&#8217;s poll ratings dropped, and the chances for a truly bipartisan health-care-reform effort vanished, if they existed in the first place. Consequently, we have had a back-to-school fusillade of advice for the President from my columnizing peers — and an effusion of premature crowing from conservatives about the collapse of the Obama presidency.</p>
<p>The drop in the President&#8217;s poll numbers represents a natural political process. When politicians talk about spending their political capital, they are talking about their poll numbers — and the cliché is somewhat misleading. They are actually investing their political capital, hoping for a greater return if their gamble succeeds. George W. Bush invested his capital in privatizing Social Security, and the stock tanked. Barack Obama is investing in health-care reform. We are at the point of the legislative process where all seems hopeless, but Obama should be heartened by the fact that most of his Republican adversaries oppose the bill for crass political rather than ideological reasons. They assume that if it passes, his investment of political capital will result in higher poll numbers — which means they assume the public will like the changes he is proposing. <span><a href="http://www.time.com/time/photogallery/0,29307,1915718,00.html" target="_blank">(See TIME&#8217;s photo-essay &#8220;The Health-Care Debate Turns Angry.&#8221;)</a></span></p>
<p>And, I fearlessly predict, the public will. If insurance companies can no longer deny coverage for pre-existing conditions, or drop people who get too sick, the public will love it. If health-care exchanges give individuals and small businesses the power to negotiate lower premiums from the insurance companies, people will love that too. Making health care available to everyone, even if some people — young, healthy people — who are not buying in now are told they have to join up, will also be well received. The odds are better than even that a bill containing those provisions will pass in Congress this fall.</p>
<p>But even if most of the noise about Obama is nonsense, there is one area of concern that could affect the ultimate success of his presidency. It is his tendency to overlearn the lessons of past presidencies, especially when those lessons enable him to avoid taking responsibility for tough decisions. It has been widely observed that Obama overlearned the lesson of the Clinton health-care effort by deferring to Congress to write the legislation. It has been less widely observed that the President overlearned the lesson of Bush&#8217;s hyperpoliticized Justice Department by leaving to Attorney General Eric Holder the decision about whether to investigate the CIA for torture abuses.</p>
<p>What should the President have done? Well, there&#8217;s a path between the 1,300-page Clinton health-care plan and the 1,000-page Henry Waxman plan that will be voted on in the House. The President could have laid out a set of principles and said, &#8220;I will veto any bill that doesn&#8217;t contain the following &#8230;&#8221; (Indeed, he still could do so.) They should be clear, simple, popular and achievable. My list would include insurance reform, health-care exchanges, near universal coverage and tort reform. (Obama&#8217;s position on tort reform is another abdication of responsibility: he says he&#8217;s open to it, knowing the congressional Democrats are closed to it.) <span><a href="http://www.time.com/time/healthcaredebate" target="_blank">(See &#8220;Understanding the Health-Care Debate: Your Indispensable Guide.&#8221;)</a></span></p>
<p>The President&#8217;s deferral of responsibility for the CIA investigation is more serious than his health-care meanderings. This is a matter of national security that will directly affect the morale and behavior of our clandestine services. The President can&#8217;t say he wants to look forward, not backward, then allow his Attorney General to look backward. The most egregious practices, like waterboarding, were (outrageously) declared legal by the Bush Justice Department. How can you prosecute one interrogator for threatening a prisoner with an electric drill and let others who waterboarded a prisoner 83 times off the hook? Is it right for the interrogators to be prosecuted and the real miscreants — people, like former Vice President Dick Cheney, who ordered, and still approve of, the torture — to escape unpunished? Most legal experts believe that such cases would be difficult to prosecute. But whether you favor an investigation or not, this is a presidential decision the President avoided.</p>
<p>In the great sweep of history, this presidency has barely begun. The mistakes Obama has made are rookie mistakes that can be corrected. And the general tendency of his Administration — toward civility, as opposed to the ugliness we&#8217;ve seen in the past month — is the right one. But he can&#8217;t allow his desire for civility to neuter the requirements of leadership. He has to lead, clearly and decisively, starting right now.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/13/ce-week-2-rookie-mistakes-time-for-obama-to-lead-sept-13th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>12</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #2:  &#8220;‘Truther’ belief felled Jones&#8221;  Sept. 12th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/13/ce-week-2-%e2%80%98truther%e2%80%99-belief-felled-jones-sept-12th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/13/ce-week-2-%e2%80%98truther%e2%80%99-belief-felled-jones-sept-12th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 13 Sep 2009 15:27:22 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Institutions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Opinion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=982</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[ by Charles Krauthammer 
Tags: column

So Van Jones, the defenestrated White House green-jobs czar, once used an expletive to describe Republicans. Big deal. I’ve said worse about Democrats. I’ve said worse about Republicans. I’ve said worse about members of my family (you know who you are).
How prissy have we become? Are we allowed no salt in [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div><span> <em><strong>by Charles Krauthammer </strong></em></span></div>
<div><em><strong><span style="margin-right: 3px;">Tags:</span> <span><a href="http://www.spokesman.com/tags/column">column</a></span></strong></em></div>
<div id="story-body">
<p>So Van Jones, the defenestrated White House green-jobs czar, once used an expletive to describe Republicans. Big deal. I’ve said worse about Democrats. I’ve said worse about Republicans. I’ve said worse about members of my family (you know who you are).</p>
<p>How prissy have we become? Are we allowed no salt in our linguistic diets?</p>
<p>Having once written a column praising Vice President Cheney’s pithy deployment of the F-word – on the floor of the Senate, no less – I rise in defense of Jones. True, Jones’ particular choice of epithet had none of the one-syllable concision, the onomatopoeic suggestiveness, the explosive charm of Cheney’s. But you don’t fire a guy for style.</p>
<p>Another charge was that Jones was a self-proclaimed communist. I can’t get too excited about this either. In today’s America, to be a communist is a pose, not a conviction.</p>
<p>After the Soviet collapse, Marxism is a relic, a pathetic anachronism reduced to its last redoubts: North Korea, Cuba and the English departments of the more expensive American universities.</p>
<p>In any case, every administration is allowed a couple of wing nuts among its 8,000 appointees. As long as they’re not in charge of foreign policy or the Fed, who cares?</p>
<p>Other critics are scandalized that Jones once accused “white environmentalists” of “essentially steering poison into the people of colored communities.”</p>
<p>In fact, from a global perspective, Jones is right. Environmentalists – overwhelmingly white and middle/upper class – have blocked drilling offshore and in the Arctic National Wildlife Refuge.</p>
<p>From where do you think the world gets the missing oil? From the poor, exploited, poisoned people of the Niger Delta, the Amazon Basin and other infinitely less-regulated and infinitely dirtier regions of the Third World.</p>
<p>Affluent enviros are all for wind farms, until one is proposed that might mar the serenity of a sail from the crew-necked precincts near Nantucket Sound. Then it’s clean energy for thee, not for me.</p>
<p>Jones’ genius as an ideological entrepreneur was to mine white liberal anxiety – they are quite aware of their own NIMBY hypocrisy – by selling them the “green jobs” shtick to reconcile class/racial guilt with environmental enthusiasm, thus making them feel better about themselves.</p>
<p>That’s why Jones rose so far. That’s why he was such a “progressive” star. That’s why, as top Obama adviser Valerie Jarrett put it, “we’ve been watching him” and were so eager to recruit him to the White House.</p>
<p>In the White House no more. Why? He’s gone for one reason and one reason only. You can’t sign a petition demanding not one but four investigations of the charge that the Bush administration deliberately allowed Sept. 11 – i.e., collaborated in the worst massacre ever perpetrated on American soil – and be permitted in polite society, let alone have a high-level job in the White House.</p>
<p>Unlike the other stuff (see above), this is no trivial matter. It’s beyond radicalism, beyond partisanship. It takes us into the realm of political psychosis, a malignant paranoia that, unlike the Marxist posturing, is not amusing. It’s dangerous. In America, movements and parties are required to police their extremes. Bill Buckley did that with Birchers. Liberals need to do that with “truthers.”</p>
<p>You can no more have a truther in the White House than you can have a Holocaust denier – a person who creates a hallucinatory alternative reality in the service of a fathomless malice.</p>
<p>But reality doesn’t daunt Jones’ defenders. One Obama administration source told ABC that Jones hadn’t read the 2004 petition carefully enough, an excuse echoed by Howard Dean.</p>
<p>Carefully enough? It demanded the investigation of charges “that people within the current (Bush) administration may indeed have deliberately allowed 9/11 to happen, perhaps as a pretext for war.”</p>
<p>Where is the confusing fine print? Where is the syntactical complexity? Where is the perplexing ambiguity? An eighth-grader could tell you exactly what it means. A Yale Law School graduate could not?</p>
<p>No need to worry about Jones, however. Great career move. He’s gone from marginal loon to liberal martyr. His speaking fees have just doubled. It’s only a matter of time before he gets his own show on MSNBC.</p>
<p>But eight years after Sept. 11 – a day when there were no truthers among us, just Americans struck dumb by the savagery of what had been perpetrated on their innocent fellow citizens – a decent respect for the memory of that day requires that truthers, who derangedly desecrate it, be asked politely to leave. By everyone.</p></div>
<p><em> Charles Krauthammer is a columnist for the Washington Post Writers Group. His e-mail address is  <a href="mailto:letters@charleskrauthammer.com">letters@charleskrauthammer.com</a>. </em></p>
<div>
<div>
<h6 style="text-align: center;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"></span></h6>
</div>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/13/ce-week-2-%e2%80%98truther%e2%80%99-belief-felled-jones-sept-12th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>11</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #1:  &#8220;Obama Cannot Escape Hard Choices in September&#8221;  Sept. 7th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/07/ce-week-1-obama-cannot-escape-hard-choices-in-september-sept-7th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/07/ce-week-1-obama-cannot-escape-hard-choices-in-september-sept-7th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 07 Sep 2009 16:37:18 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Economics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Health Care]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Institutions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Opinion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=952</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[By Michael Barone

&#8220;Very active.&#8221; That&#8217;s what White House aides say Barack Obama is going to be this month. That&#8217;s probably an understatement. Obama faces September deadlines on three issues, on each of which he could get himself in political trouble, not only with those on the right and center but also those on the political [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>By</strong> <a href="http://www.realclearpolitics.com/articles/author/michael_barone/"><strong>Michael Barone</strong></a></p>
<div id="article_body">
<p>&#8220;Very active.&#8221; That&#8217;s what White House aides say Barack Obama is going to be this month. That&#8217;s probably an understatement. Obama faces September deadlines on three issues, on each of which he could get himself in political trouble, not only with those on the right and center but also those on the political left.</p>
<p>Only one of those issues is domestic: health care. Obama&#8217;s speech to a joint session of Congress, scheduled rather hastily for Wednesday night, gives him a chance to turn around public opinion, which has been going against his policies, and to generate something like the enthusiasm his candidacy created last year.</p>
<div id="article-box-ad"><!--  									OAS_AD('Block'); 									//--></div>
<p>But he faces a binary choice: The president must either insist on a &#8220;government option&#8221; insurance plan or must let it be known that he will sign a bill without one. House Speaker Nancy Pelosi says the House won&#8217;t pass a bill without the government option, and leftist Progressive Caucus members threaten to withhold their votes from any such bill. But Senate Budget Chairman Kent Conrad says a government option bill can&#8217;t pass the Senate.</p>
<p>Sooner or later the old politician&#8217;s dodge &#8212; &#8220;some of my friends are for the bill and some of my friends are against the bill, and I&#8217;m always with my friends&#8221; &#8211; won&#8217;t wash. As a practical matter, Obama will surely sign a bill without the government option, and the Progressive Caucus most likely can be whipped into line by Pelosi. But the always angry left will become even more angry at their leader when these realities are acknowledged.</p>
<p>Obama may also face a binary choice on Afghanistan. Reading between the lines of stories on Gen. Stanley McChrystal&#8217;s recommendations, it seems likely that the White House has been pressuring him not to ask for more troops and that he will do so anyway, and with the approval of Defense Secretary Robert Gates. Obama, having already dispatched more troops there, will be asked to double down on a policy that public opinion polls show is unpopular with Democratic voters &#8212; and with some conservatives, like columnist George Will, as well.</p>
<p>Obama is averse to using the V-word (victory) and the American left since the Vietnam years has not wanted to see America victorious in war. They think it makes us look chauvinistic and proud about our nation when we should be, as Obama often has been, apologetic for its sins. But accepting a recommendation for more troops would set him on a course where victory is the only acceptable result, which will make the angry left angry at him.</p>
<p>The third issue on which Obama will need to choose is Iran. Earlier this year he set a deadline of September for the beginning of talks with Iran. Presumably he thought the mullahs would become convinced of his good will by now and that the United Nations General Assembly meeting in New York would be a venue for talks.</p>
<p>But the popular opposition to the rigged Iranian elections in June and the internal turmoil within the mullah regime make it unlikely that Obama will have any reliable negotiating partner. And as George Perkovich of the dovish Carnegie Endowment says, &#8220;The Iranians show no sign that they&#8217;re going to be genuinely prepared to negotiate.&#8221; They&#8217;re more interested in getting nukes than in getting to yes, even with a president with an Arabic middle name.</p>
<p>A failure to engage the Iranians will probably not enrage the American left, which tends to see the United States as a bad actor in need of behavior adjustment, rather than a rogue regime like Iran&#8217;s. But it does raise the awful question, which George W. Bush passed on to Obama, of how to prevent this murderous regime from obtaining and using nuclear weapons.</p>
<p>Septembers often present difficult challenges for leaders. Sept. 11, 2001, transformed and defined George W. Bush&#8217;s presidency. September 2008 gave us the bankruptcy of Lehman Brothers, the near-collapse of the financial system and the beginning of a deep economic recession. Obama met that challenge better than his rival candidate John McCain by remaining calm, sounding reasonable and cooperating as a minor player with those who were making the difficult decisions.</p>
<p>That won&#8217;t be enough this September. &#8220;To govern is to choose,&#8221; John Kennedy said, and Barack Obama is going to have to make some tough choices this month &#8212; choices that could antagonize his left-wing base.</p></div>
<p>checkTextResizerCookie(&#8217;article_body&#8217;);</p>
<div id="article-footer">
<p>Copyright 2009, Creators Syndicate Inc.</p></div>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/07/ce-week-1-obama-cannot-escape-hard-choices-in-september-sept-7th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #1:  &#8220;Obama mortal once again&#8221;  Sept. 5th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/07/ce-week-1-obama-mortal-once-again-sept-5th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/07/ce-week-1-obama-mortal-once-again-sept-5th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 07 Sep 2009 13:56:50 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Economics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Health Care]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Institutions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Opinion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Polls]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Media]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=948</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[ by Charles Krauthammer 
Tags: column Obama

What happened to President Barack Obama? His wax wings having melted, he is the man who fell to earth. What happened to bring his popularity down further than that of any new president in polling history save Gerald Ford (post-Nixon pardon)?
The conventional wisdom is that Obama made a tactical mistake [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div><span> <strong>by Charles Krauthammer </strong></span></div>
<div><span style="margin-right: 3px;">Tags:</span> <span><a href="http://www.spokesman.com/tags/column">column</a></span> <span><a href="http://www.spokesman.com/tags/obama">Obama</a></span></div>
<div id="story-body">
<p>What happened to President Barack Obama? His wax wings having melted, he is the man who fell to earth. What happened to bring his popularity down further than that of any new president in polling history save Gerald Ford (post-Nixon pardon)?</p>
<p>The conventional wisdom is that Obama made a tactical mistake by farming out his agenda to Congress and allowing himself to be pulled left by the doctrinaire liberals of the Democratic congressional leadership. But the idea of Harry Reid and Nancy Pelosi pulling Obama left is quite ridiculous. Where do you think he came from, this friend of Chavista ex-terrorist William Ayers, of PLO apologist Rashid Khalidi, of racialist inciter Jeremiah Wright?</p>
<p>But forget the character witnesses. Just look at Obama’s behavior <em>as president</em>, beginning with his first address to Congress. Unbidden, unforced and unpushed by the congressional leadership, Obama gave his most deeply felt vision of America, delivering the boldest social democratic manifesto ever issued by a U.S. president. In American politics, you can’t get more left than that speech and still be on the playing field.</p>
<p>In a center-right country, that was problem enough. Obama then compounded it by vastly misreading his mandate. He assumed it was personal. This, after winning by a mere seven points in a year of true economic catastrophe, of an extraordinarily unpopular Republican incumbent, and of a politically weak and unsteady opponent. Nonetheless, Obama imagined that, as Fouad Ajami so brilliantly observed, he had won the kind of banana-republic plebiscite that grants caudillo-like authority to remake everything in one’s own image.</p>
<p>Accordingly, Obama unveiled his plans for a grand makeover of the American system, animating that vision by enacting measure after measure that greatly enlarged state power, government spending and national debt. Not surprisingly, these measures engendered powerful popular skepticism that burst into tea-party town-hall resistance.</p>
<p>Obama’s reaction to that resistance made things worse. Obama fancies himself tribune of the people, spokesman for the grass roots, harbinger of a new kind of politics from below that would upset the established lobbyist special-interest order of Washington. Yet faced with protests from a real grass-roots movement, his party and his supporters called it a mob – misinformed, misled, irrational, angry, unhinged, bordering on racist. All this while the administration was cutting backroom deals with every manner of special interest – from drug companies to auto unions to doctors – in which favors worth billions were quietly and opaquely exchanged.</p>
<p>“Get out of the way” and “don’t do a lot of talking,” the great bipartisan scolded opponents whom he blamed for creating the “mess” from which he is merely trying to save us. If only they could see. So with boundless confidence in his own persuasiveness, Obama undertook a summer campaign to enlighten the masses by addressing substantive objections to his reforms.</p>
<p>Things got worse still. With answers so slippery and implausible and, well, fishy, he began jeopardizing the most fundamental asset of any new president – trust. You can’t say that the system is totally broken and in need of radical reconstruction, but nothing will change for you; that Medicare is bankrupting the country, but $500 billion in cuts will have no effect on care; that you will expand coverage while reducing deficits – and not inspire incredulity and mistrust. When ordinary citizens understand they are being played for fools, they bristle.</p>
<p>After a disastrous summer – mistaking his mandate, believing his press, centralizing power, governing left, disdaining citizens for (of all things) organizing – Obama is in trouble.</p>
<p>Let’s be clear: This is a fall, not a collapse. He’s not been repudiated or even defeated. He will likely regroup and pass some version of health insurance reform that will restore some of his clout and popularity.</p>
<p>But what has occurred – irreversibly – is this: He’s become ordinary. The spell is broken. The charismatic conjurer of 2008 has shed his magic. He’s regressed to the mean, tellingly expressed in poll numbers hovering at 50 percent.</p>
<p>For a man who only recently bred a cult, ordinariness is a great burden, and for his acolytes, a crushing disappointment. Obama has become a politician like others. And like other flailing presidents, he will try to salvage a cherished reform – and his own standing – with yet another prime-time speech.</p>
<p>But for the first time since election night in Grant Park, he will appear in the most unfamiliar of guises: mere mortal, a treacherous transformation to which a man of Obama’s supreme self-regard may never adapt.</p></div>
<p><em> Charles Krauthammer is a columnist for the Washington Post Writers Group. His e-mail address is  <a href="mailto:letters@charleskrauthammer.com">letters@charleskrauthammer.com</a>. </em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/07/ce-week-1-obama-mortal-once-again-sept-5th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #1:  &#8220;Federal court calls Ashcroft’s post-9/11 policy ‘repugnant’&#8221;  Sept. 5th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/07/ce-week-1-federal-court-calls-ashcroft%e2%80%99s-post-911-policy-%e2%80%98repugnant%e2%80%99-sept-5th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/07/ce-week-1-federal-court-calls-ashcroft%e2%80%99s-post-911-policy-%e2%80%98repugnant%e2%80%99-sept-5th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 07 Sep 2009 13:54:40 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Civil Liberties/Rights]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Crime]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Institutions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Supreme Court]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=945</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[ Carol J. Williams      / Los Angeles Times 

Former U.S. Attorney General John Ashcroft talks  to the media  in 2006.
Former Attorney General John Ashcroft violated the rights of U.S. citizens in the fevered wake of the Sept. 11 terrorist attacks when he ordered arrests on material witness warrants when [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div><span> Carol J. Williams      / Los Angeles Times </span></div>
<div id="story-body">
<div><img src="http://media.spokesman.com/photos/2009/09/05/ashcroft-horiz0905_09-05-2009_GPGU1OA_t210.jpg?74a72ef94756bccc16ea1c78066b52f96b62dbc7" alt="" />Former U.S. Attorney General John Ashcroft talks  to the media  in 2006.</div>
<p>Former Attorney General John Ashcroft violated the rights of U.S. citizens in the fevered wake of the Sept. 11 terrorist attacks when he ordered arrests on material witness warrants when the government lacked probable cause, a federal appeals court said in a scathing opinion Friday.</p>
<p>In a ruling that said Ashcroft could be sued for prosecutorial abuses, a three-judge panel of the U.S. 9th Circuit Court of Appeals denied the former attorney general immunity from liability for his misuse of the material witness warrants in national security investigations.</p>
<p>The panel, all appointees of Republican presidents, said they found the detention policy Ashcroft authorized “repugnant to the Constitution, and a painful reminder of some of the most ignominious chapters of our national history.”</p>
<p>Rights advocates cheered the ruling in the case brought by Kansas-born Muslim convert Abdullah Al-Kidd, saying it spotlighted excesses committed by the Bush administration in the post-9/11 scramble to thwart terrorist plots.</p>
<p>The ruling could allow Al-Kidd’s suit for damages to proceed to trial, if the government doesn’t appeal to a larger 9th Circuit panel or seek Supreme Court review.</p>
<p>Al-Kidd, a former University of Idaho running back whose birth name was Lavoni T. Kidd, sued Ashcroft after he was arrested at Dulles International Airport en route to a Saudi scholarship program in March 2003. He was handcuffed, strip-searched and shuttled among interrogations in Virginia, Oklahoma and Idaho, before being released 16 days later and ordered to surrender his passport and live with his wife and in-laws in Nevada.</p>
<p>The arrest led to Al-Kidd’s being denied a security clearance and losing his job with a government contractor.</p>
<p>In his 2005 complaint, Al-Kidd noted that then-FBI Director Robert Mueller, in an appearance before a congressional subcommittee during Al-Kidd’s detention, had pointed to his arrest and that of confessed 9/11 mastermind Khalid Sheikh Mohammed as evidence of government progress in reining in terrorists.</p>
<p>“To this day, the government has never explained why the director of the FBI would tell the United States Congress that the arrest of Mr. Al-Kidd – supposedly a witness – represented one of the government’s noteworthy recent successes in the war on terrorism,” the complaint stated.</p></div>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/07/ce-week-1-federal-court-calls-ashcroft%e2%80%99s-post-911-policy-%e2%80%98repugnant%e2%80%99-sept-5th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Summer CE Week #2:  &#8220;Afghan vote challenged&#8221;  Aug. 24th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/08/30/summer-ce-week-2-afghan-vote-challenged-aug-24th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/08/30/summer-ce-week-2-afghan-vote-challenged-aug-24th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 30 Aug 2009 22:30:10 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=909</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Abdullah alleges ‘widespread rigging’ in election
 Pamela Constable And Joshua Partlow      / Washington Post 



‘Deteriorating’ situation
WASHINGTON – The situation in Afghanistan is “serious and deteriorating,” Joint Chiefs of Staff Chairman Adm. Mike Mullen said Sunday, as the Obama administration awaits an assessment by the U.S. commander there and a possible request for [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h5>Abdullah alleges ‘widespread rigging’ in election</h5>
<div><span> Pamela Constable And Joshua Partlow      / Washington Post </span></div>
<div id="story-body">
<div>
<div>
<h3>‘Deteriorating’ situation</h3>
<p>WASHINGTON – The situation in Afghanistan is “serious and deteriorating,” Joint Chiefs of Staff Chairman Adm. Mike Mullen said Sunday, as the Obama administration awaits an assessment by the U.S. commander there and a possible request for more troops.</p>
<p>“Afghanistan is very vulnerable in terms of (the) Taliban and extremists taking over again, and I don’t think that threat’s going to go away,” he said.</p>
<p>Mullen also expressed concern over recent opinion polls indicating that for the first time a majority of Americans do not think the war in Afghanistan is worth fighting.</p>
<p>Future deployments to Afghanistan, where the U.S. troop presence is expected to reach 68,000 by the end of the year, depend in part on the rate of withdrawal from Iraq.</p></div>
</div>
<p>KABUL, Afghanistan – The main challenger to Afghan President Hamid Karzai said Sunday he has received “alarming” reports of “widespread rigging” in Thursday’s presidential election by pro-government groups and officials, but he called on supporters to be patient and said he hopes the problem will be resolved through the official election review.</p>
<p>“The initial reports are a big cause of concern, but hopefully we can prevent fraud through legal means,” Abdullah Abdullah, a former foreign minister, said at a news conference. He said his campaign has filed more than 100 complaints of ballot-box stuffing, inflated vote counts and intimidation at the polls by Karzai partisans, often in places where threats from insurgents resulted in low voter turnout.</p>
<p>The allegations of fraud, combined with the slow pace of vote tabulation and the cumbersome process for investigating complaints, are raising political tensions. There is concern that voter anger will unleash violence along the ethnic and regional lines that divide this fragmented society.</p>
<p>Although Karzai was a favorite of the Bush administration, his relations with the Obama administration have been decidedly cooler. The United States did not back any of the dozens of candidates who campaigned for the presidency; Karzai is widely expected to win, though he may have to face a second round in October if he does not obtain at least 50 percent of the vote.</p>
<p>Karzai’s aides responded sharply Sunday night to Abdullah’s charges of fraud, calling them political propaganda and accusing him of trying to bypass the election-review process by taking his complaints to the media. They did not answer any of his specific charges but said they had received similar reports of election violations by Abdullah’s camp.</p>
<p>“We have documented many cases of irregularities by Dr. Abdullah’s team, but we respect the process and we have taken them to the election complaint commission,” said Wahid Omar, chief spokesman for Karzai’s campaign. “To make these allegations in the media for political gain is disrespectful of the process and of the people’s vote. It is an attempt to hijack the process that is not helpful to democracy.”</p>
<p>Abdullah’s charges echoed concerns raised by election monitoring groups here. They have said they received numerous reports of irregularities and bias by polling officials, as well as of pressure on voters by powerful local figures.</p></div>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/08/30/summer-ce-week-2-afghan-vote-challenged-aug-24th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #2:  &#8220;Top Israeli candidates declare victory&#8221;</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/02/11/ce-week-2-top-israeli-candidates-declare-victory/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/02/11/ce-week-2-top-israeli-candidates-declare-victory/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 11 Feb 2009 15:19:08 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=860</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Unclear which party will get first chance to form government




Israel’s foreign minister and Kadima Party leader Tzipi Livni reacts during an election night rally in Tel Aviv on Tuesday.



No clear winner
Israel voters cast their ballots for the 120-seat parliament Tuesday. Nearly complete results show the leading parties will be:
Kadima: 28 seats
Likud: 27 seats
Yisrael Beitenu: 16 seats
Labor: 13 seats


JERUSALEM – Israeli voters on Tuesday [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h5 class="subhead"><em>Unclear which party will get first chance to form government</em></h5>
<div class="clear"></div>
<div class="tag-details details-top"></div>
<div id="story-body">
<div class="grid-3 story-embed"><img class="story_photo" src="http://media.spokesman.com/photos/2009/02/11/mideast-livni0211_02-11-2009_76FC90F_t210.jpg?74a72ef94756bccc16ea1c78066b52f96b62dbc7" alt="" /></p>
<p class="caption">Israel’s foreign minister and Kadima Party leader Tzipi Livni reacts during an election night rally in Tel Aviv on Tuesday.</p>
</div>
<div class="grid-3 story-embed">
<div class="box-text">
<h3>No clear winner</h3>
<p>Israel voters cast their ballots for the 120-seat parliament Tuesday. Nearly complete results show the leading parties will be:</p>
<p>Kadima: 28 seats</p>
<p>Likud: 27 seats</p>
<p>Yisrael Beitenu: 16 seats</p>
<p>Labor: 13 seats</p>
</div>
</div>
<p>JERUSALEM – Israeli voters on Tuesday delivered a split decision in national elections, sparking competing claims by backers of opposition leader Benjamin Netanyahu and Foreign Minister Tzipi Livni over who will be the next prime minister.</p>
<p>Voters appeared to give Livni’s Kadima Party, which favors negotiations with the Palestinians, a slight and unexpected edge over Netanyahu’s Likud, which has been critical of peace talks, according to nearly complete returns and exit polls.</p>
<p>But the overall shift in Israel’s parliament, the Knesset, was sharply to the right. That could make it difficult for Livni to build the coalition she would need to govern, particularly if she intends to pursue U.S.-backed talks aimed at creating a Palestinian state.</p>
<p>Both candidates claimed victory, and the political jockeying was expected to intensify in the coming days. It will fall to President Shimon Peres to decide who gets first crack at forming a government – a tricky task in Israel’s fractious political culture. Traditionally, the president chooses the party that receives the most seats in the 120-member Israeli parliament, but he is not obligated to do so. Peres will now consult with all the parties to determine who has the best chance of creating a stable government.</p>
<p>The question of who will lead Israel could linger for weeks or more at a time when the nation faces threats from Hamas in Gaza, Hezbollah in Lebanon and an Iranian government with nuclear ambitions.</p>
<p>Netanyahu, prime minister during the late 1990s, delivered a victory speech just after midnight in which he told cheering supporters in Tel Aviv that “the people of Israel have spoken clearly and sharply. The national camp, headed by the Likud, has won a clear victory.”</p>
<p>Netanyahu signaled he intended to lead a coalition of parties that, like his own, take a hawkish stance toward Iran and believe that the creation of a Palestinian state would present a threat to Israeli security.</p>
<p>Livni, who would be Israel’s first female prime minister since Golda Meir led the country more than three decades ago, served as lead negotiator during last year’s unsuccessful negotiations with the Palestinians. Livni has favored continued efforts toward reaching a deal.</p>
<p>“Today the nation chose Kadima,” an energetic Livni declared to a crowd of backers, who serenaded her with chants of “the next prime minister.”</p>
<p>Livni said she would attempt to form a national unity government that includes parties across the political spectrum.</p>
<p>With votes from more than 90 percent of polling stations counted, Kadima had won an estimated 28 seats in the 120-member Israeli parliament. Netanyahu’s Likud garnered 27. Ultra-nationalist leader Avigdor Lieberman was projected to place third, with 16 seats. Defense Minister Ehud Barak, head of the center-left Labor Party that once dominated Israeli politics, was forecast to drop to fourth at 13 seats.</p>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/02/11/ce-week-2-top-israeli-candidates-declare-victory/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>9</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #18:  &#8220;Obama’s Plan to Close Prison at Guantánamo May Take Year&#8221;</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/01/13/ce-week-18-obama%e2%80%99s-plan-to-close-prison-at-guantanamo-may-take-year/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/01/13/ce-week-18-obama%e2%80%99s-plan-to-close-prison-at-guantanamo-may-take-year/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 13 Jan 2009 19:10:10 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Civil Liberties/Rights]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Institutions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=840</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[January 13, 2009

By WILLIAM GLABERSON and HELENE COOPER

President-elect Barack Obama plans to issue an executive order on his first full day in office directing the closing of the Guantánamo Bay detention camp in Cuba, people briefed by Obama transition officials said Monday.
But experts say it is likely to take many months, perhaps as long as [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="timestamp"><strong>January 13, 2009</strong></div>
<p><strong></p>
<div class="byline">By <a title="More Articles by William Glaberson" href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/people/g/william_glaberson/index.html?inline=nyt-per">WILLIAM GLABERSON</a> and <a title="More Articles by Helene Cooper" href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/people/c/helene_cooper/index.html?inline=nyt-per">HELENE COOPER</a></div>
<p></strong></p>
<p>President-elect <a title="More articles about Barack Obama" href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/people/o/barack_obama/index.html?inline=nyt-per">Barack Obama</a> plans to issue an executive order on his first full day in office directing the closing of the <a title="More news and information about Guantánamo." href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/news/national/usstatesterritoriesandpossessions/guantanamobaynavalbasecuba/index.html?inline=nyt-geo">Guantánamo Bay</a> detention camp in Cuba, people briefed by Obama transition officials said Monday.</p>
<p>But experts say it is likely to take many months, perhaps as long as a year, to empty the prison that has drawn international criticism since it received its first prisoners seven years ago this week. One transition official said the new administration expected that it would take several months to transfer some of the remaining 248 prisoners to other countries, decide how to try suspects and deal with the many other legal challenges posed by closing the camp.</p>
<p>People who have discussed the issues with transition officials in recent weeks said it appeared that the broad outlines of plans for the detention camp were taking shape. They said transition officials appeared committed to ordering an immediate suspension of the Bush administration’s military commissions system for trying detainees.</p>
<p>In addition, people who have conferred with transition officials said the incoming administration appeared to have rejected a proposal to seek a new law authorizing indefinite detention inside the United States. The Bush administration has insisted that such a measure is necessary to close the Guantánamo camp and bring some detainees to the United States.</p>
<p>Mr. Obama has repeatedly said he wants to close the camp. But in an interview on Sunday on ABC, he indicated that the process could take time, saying, “It is more difficult than I think a lot of people realize.” Closing it within the first 100 days of his administration, he said, would be “a challenge.”</p>
<p>The president-elect drew criticism from some human rights groups Monday who said his remarks suggested that closing Guantánamo was not among the new administration’s highest priorities. But even if the detention camp remains open for months, the decision to address Guantánamo on the day after his inauguration seemed intended to make a symbolic break with some of the most controversial policies of the Bush administration.</p>
<p>Several national security and legal analysts have argued in recent weeks that Mr. Obama is in a delicate political position after having committed himself to closing the prison. Sarah Mendelson, the author of a report for the <a title="More articles about the Center for Strategic and International Studies." href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/organizations/c/center_for_strategic_and_international_studies/index.html?inline=nyt-org">Center for Strategic and International Studies</a> on how to close the prison, said Mr. Obama’s remarks on Sunday appeared intended to indicate the difficulty of the task, which she said it could take a year to complete.</p>
<p>“I thought he was trying to manage expectations of how quickly those detainees who remain can be sorted into two categories: those who will be released and those who will be prosecuted,” Ms. Mendelson said.</p>
<p>Aside from analyzing intelligence and legal filings on each of the remaining detainees, diplomats and legal experts have said the new administration will need to begin an extensive new international effort to resettle as many as 150 or more of the remaining men. Portugal and other European countries have recently broken a long diplomatic standoff, saying they would work with the new administration and might accept some detainees who cannot be sent to their home countries because of concerns about their potential treatment.</p>
<p>The transition official, who asked for anonymity because he was not authorized to discuss the plans, said the administration expected to announce its Guantánamo plans next Wednesday.</p>
<p>Brooke Anderson, a transition spokeswoman, declined to comment on any plans, saying only, “President-elect Obama has repeatedly said that he believes that the legal framework at Guantánamo has failed to successfully and swiftly prosecute terrorists, and he shares the broad bipartisan belief that Guantánamo should be closed.”</p>
<p>In formulating their policy in recent weeks, Obama transition officials have consulted with a variety of authorities on legal and human rights and with military experts. Several of those experts said the officials had expressed great interest in alternatives to the military commission system, like trying detainees in federal courts, and appeared to have grown hostile to proposals like an indefinite detention law.</p>
<p>They also said the transition officials were intensely focused on new international efforts to transfer many of the detainees to other countries.</p>
<p>Several said the officials appeared concerned that a proposal for a new law authorizing indefinite detention would bring the new administration much of the criticism that has been directed at the Bush administration over Guantánamo. A former military official who was part of a series of briefings at the transition headquarters in Washington said the officials had spoken about the indefinite detention proposal as a way of creating a “new Guantanámo someplace else.”</p>
<p>“That is very much not the desire of the Obama team,” said the former military official, who insisted on anonymity because of his concerns about how the transition officials would react to public discussion of their comments.</p>
<p>Catherine Powell, an associate professor of law at Fordham, said transition officials appeared most interested at a meeting last month in showing international critics that they were returning to what they see as traditional American legal values.</p>
<p>“They are really looking for tools that we have in our existing system short of creating an indefinite detention system,” Ms. Powell said.</p>
<p>Mark P. Denbeaux, a <a title="More articles about Seton Hall University" href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/organizations/s/seton_hall_university/index.html?inline=nyt-org">Seton Hall</a> law professor who has been a prominent lawyer for Guantánamo detainees, said that at a briefing he attended with senior officials of the transition last month the officials seemed to have decided to suspend the military commissions immediately.</p>
<p>“Their position is they’re a complete and utter failure,” Mr. Denbeaux said.</p>
<p>The Pentagon has been pressing ahead with plans to begin a trial on Jan. 26 of one of its high-profile suspects, a Canadian detainee named Omar Khadr. Mr. Khadr’s case has drawn wide attention, partly because he was 15 when he was first detained on charges of killing an American soldier in a firefight in Afghanistan in 2002.</p>
<p>Some human rights groups said Monday that they were alarmed by Mr. Obama’s vague timetable and lack of specifics in his remarks Sunday. They said they worried that the administration might yield to pressure to display its toughness in dealing with terrorism in its detention policies.</p>
<p>“The devil is in the details,” said Anthony D. Romero, the executive director of the <a title="More articles about American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU)" href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/organizations/a/american_civil_liberties_union/index.html?inline=nyt-org">American Civil Liberties Union</a>, who has been pressing the new administration to publicly commit to immediately close Guantánamo.</p>
<p>Mr. Romero said he had grown concerned because transition officials had provided details of their plans for dealing with the economic crisis, but had yet to provide details for how they will close Guantánamo, which has brought worldwide criticism.</p>
<p>“Just like we need specifics on an economic recovery package,” Mr. Romero said, “we need specifics on a ‘justice recovery package.’ ”</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/01/13/ce-week-18-obama%e2%80%99s-plan-to-close-prison-at-guantanamo-may-take-year/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>9</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #18:  &#8220;U.S. Rejected Aid for Israeli Raid on Iranian Nuclear Site&#8221;</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/01/11/ce-week-18-us-rejected-aid-for-israeli-raid-on-iranian-nuclear-site/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/01/11/ce-week-18-us-rejected-aid-for-israeli-raid-on-iranian-nuclear-site/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 11 Jan 2009 18:09:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Science]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=839</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[WASHINGTON — President Bush deflected a secret request by Israel last year for specialized bunker-busting bombs it wanted for an attack on Iran’s main nuclear complex and told the Israelis that he had authorized new covert action intended to sabotage Iran’s suspected effort to develop nuclear weapons, according to senior American and foreign officials. 
White [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>WASHINGTON — President Bush deflected a secret request by Israel last year for specialized bunker-busting bombs it wanted for an attack on Iran’s main nuclear complex and told the Israelis that he had authorized new covert action intended to sabotage Iran’s suspected effort to develop nuclear weapons, according to senior American and foreign officials. </p>
<p>White House officials never conclusively determined whether Israel had decided to go ahead with the strike before the United States protested, or whether Prime Minister Ehud Olmert of Israel was trying to goad the White House into more decisive action before Mr. Bush left office. But the Bush administration was particularly alarmed by an Israeli request to fly over Iraq to reach Iran’s major nuclear complex at Natanz, where the country’s only known uranium enrichment plant is located. </p>
<p>The White House denied that request outright, American officials said, and the Israelis backed off their plans, at least temporarily. But the tense exchanges also prompted the White House to step up intelligence-sharing with Israel and brief Israeli officials on new American efforts to subtly sabotage Iran’s nuclear infrastructure, a major covert program that Mr. Bush is about to hand off to President-elect Barack Obama.</p>
<p>This account of the expanded American covert program and the Bush administration’s efforts to dissuade Israel from an aerial attack on Iran emerged in interviews over the past 15 months with current and former American officials, outside experts, international nuclear inspectors and European and Israeli officials. None would speak on the record because of the great secrecy surrounding the intelligence developed on Iran.</p>
<p>Several details of the covert effort have been omitted from this account, at the request of senior United States intelligence and administration officials, to avoid harming continuing operations. </p>
<p>The interviews also suggest that while Mr. Bush was extensively briefed on options for an overt American attack on Iran’s facilities, he never instructed the Pentagon to move beyond contingency planning, even during the final year of his presidency, contrary to what some critics have suggested. </p>
<p>The interviews also indicate that Mr. Bush was convinced by top administration officials, led by Defense Secretary Robert M. Gates, that any overt attack on Iran would probably prove ineffective, lead to the expulsion of international inspectors and drive Iran’s nuclear effort further out of view. Mr. Bush and his aides also discussed the possibility that an airstrike could ignite a broad Middle East war in which America’s 140,000 troops in Iraq would inevitably become involved. </p>
<p>Instead, Mr. Bush embraced more intensive covert operations actions aimed at Iran, the interviews show, having concluded that the sanctions imposed by the United States and its allies were failing to slow the uranium enrichment efforts. Those covert operations, and the question of whether Israel will settle for something less than a conventional attack on Iran, pose immediate and wrenching decisions for Mr. Obama.</p>
<p>The covert American program, started in early 2008, includes renewed American efforts to penetrate Iran’s nuclear supply chain abroad, along with new efforts, some of them experimental, to undermine electrical systems, computer systems and other networks on which Iran relies. It is aimed at delaying the day that Iran can produce the weapons-grade fuel and designs it needs to produce a workable nuclear weapon. </p>
<p>Knowledge of the program has been closely held, yet inside the Bush administration some officials are skeptical about its chances of success, arguing that past efforts to undermine Iran’s nuclear program have been detected by the Iranians and have only delayed, not derailed, their drive to unlock the secrets of uranium enrichment.</p>
<p>Late last year, international inspectors estimated that Iran had 3,800 centrifuges spinning, but American intelligence officials now estimate that the figure is 4,000 to 5,000, enough to produce about one weapon’s worth of uranium every eight months or so. </p>
<p>While declining to be specific, one American official dismissed the latest covert operations against Iran as “science experiments.” One senior intelligence official argued that as Mr. Bush prepared to leave office, the Iranians were already so close to achieving a weapons capacity that they were unlikely to be stopped. </p>
<p>Others disagreed, making the point that the Israelis would not have been dissuaded from conducting an attack if they believed that the American effort was unlikely to prove effective. </p>
<p>Since his election on Nov. 4, Mr. Obama has been extensively briefed on the American actions in Iran, though his transition aides have refused to comment on the issue. </p>
<p>Early in his presidency, Mr. Obama must decide whether the covert actions begun by Mr. Bush are worth the risks of disrupting what he has pledged will be a more active diplomatic effort to engage with Iran. </p>
<p>Either course could carry risks for Mr. Obama. An inherited intelligence or military mission that went wrong could backfire, as happened to President Kennedy with the Bay of Pigs operation in Cuba. But a decision to pull back on operations aimed at Iran could leave Mr. Obama vulnerable to charges that he is allowing Iran to speed ahead toward a nuclear capacity, one that could change the contours of power in the Middle East. </p>
<p><strong>An Intelligence Conflict</strong></p>
<p>Israel’s effort to obtain the weapons, refueling capacity and permission to fly over Iraq for an attack on Iran grew out of its disbelief and anger at an American intelligence assessment completed in late 2007 that concluded that Iran had effectively suspended its development of nuclear weapons four years earlier.</p>
<p>That conclusion also stunned Mr. Bush’s national security team — and Mr. Bush himself, who was deeply suspicious of the conclusion, according to officials who discussed it with him. </p>
<p>The assessment, a National Intelligence Estimate, was based on a trove of Iranian reports obtained by penetrating Iran’s computer networks. </p>
<p>Those reports indicated that Iranian engineers had been ordered to halt development of a nuclear warhead in 2003, even while they continued to speed ahead in enriching uranium, the most difficult obstacle to building a weapon. </p>
<p>The “key judgments” of the National Intelligence Estimate, which were publicly released, emphasized the suspension of the weapons work. </p>
<p>The public version made only glancing reference to evidence described at great length in the 140-page classified version of the assessment: the suspicion that Iran had 10 or 15 other nuclear-related facilities, never opened to international inspectors, where enrichment activity, weapons work or the manufacturing of centrifuges might be taking place. </p>
<p>The Israelis responded angrily and rebutted the American report, providing American intelligence officials and Adm. Mike Mullen, the chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, with evidence that they said indicated that the Iranians were still working on a weapon. </p>
<p>While the Americans were not convinced that the Iranian weapons development was continuing, the Israelis were not the only ones highly critical of the United States report. Secretary Gates, a former director of the Central Intelligence Agency, said the report had presented the evidence poorly, underemphasizing the importance of Iran’s enrichment activity and overemphasizing the suspension of a weapons-design effort that could easily be turned back on. </p>
<p>In an interview, Mr. Gates said that in his whole career he had never seen “an N.I.E. that had such an impact on U.S. diplomacy,” because “people figured, well, the military option is now off the table.”</p>
<p>Prime Minister Olmert came to the same conclusion. He had previously expected, according to several Americans and Israeli officials, that Mr. Bush would deal with Iran’s nuclear program before he left office. “Now,” said one American official who bore the brunt of Israel’s reaction, “they didn’t believe he would.” </p>
<p><strong>Attack Planning</strong></p>
<p>Early in 2008, the Israeli government signaled that it might be preparing to take matters into its own hands. In a series of meetings, Israeli officials asked Washington for a new generation of powerful bunker-busters, far more capable of blowing up a deep underground plant than anything in Israel’s arsenal of conventional weapons. They asked for refueling equipment that would allow their aircraft to reach Iran and return to Israel. And they asked for the right to fly over Iraq. </p>
<p>Mr. Bush deflected the first two requests, pushing the issue off, but “we said ‘hell no’ to the overflights,” one of his top aides said. At the White House and the Pentagon, there was widespread concern that a political uproar in Iraq about the use of its American-controlled airspace could result in the expulsion of American forces from the country. </p>
<p>The Israeli ambassador to the United States, Sallai Meridor, declined several requests over the past four weeks to be interviewed about Israel’s efforts to obtain the weapons from Washington, saying through aides that he was too busy. </p>
<p>Last June, the Israelis conducted an exercise over the Mediterranean Sea that appeared to be a dry run for an attack on the enrichment plant at Natanz. When the exercise was analyzed at the Pentagon, officials concluded that the distances flown almost exactly equaled the distance between Israel and the Iranian nuclear site. </p>
<p>“This really spooked a lot of people,” one White House official said. White House officials discussed the possibility that the Israelis would fly over Iraq without American permission. In that case, would the American military be ordered to shoot them down? If the United States did not interfere to stop an Israeli attack, would the Bush administration be accused of being complicit in it? </p>
<p>Admiral Mullen, traveling to Israel in early July on a previously scheduled trip, questioned Israeli officials about their intentions. His Israeli counterpart, Lt. Gen. Gabi Ashkenazi, argued that an aerial attack could set Iran’s program back by two or three years, according to officials familiar with the exchange. The American estimates at the time were far more conservative. </p>
<p>Yet by the time Admiral Mullen made his visit, Israeli officials appear to have concluded that without American help, they were not yet capable of hitting the site effectively enough to strike a decisive blow against the Iranian program.</p>
<p>The United States did give Israel one item on its shopping list: high-powered radar, called the X-Band, to detect any Iranian missile launchings. It was the only element in the Israeli request that could be used solely for defense, not offense. </p>
<p>Mr. Gates’s spokesman, Geoff Morrell, said last week that Mr. Gates — whom Mr. Obama is retaining as defense secretary — believed that “a potential strike on the Iranian facilities is not something that we or anyone else should be pursuing at this time.”<br />
<strong><br />
A New Covert Push</strong></p>
<p>Throughout 2008, the Bush administration insisted that it had a plan to deal with the Iranians: applying overwhelming financial pressure that would persuade Tehran to abandon its nuclear program, as foreign enterprises like the French company Total pulled out of Iranian oil projects, European banks cut financing, and trade credits were squeezed.</p>
<p>But the Iranians were making uranium faster than the sanctions were making progress. As Mr. Bush realized that the sanctions he had pressed for were inadequate and his military options untenable, he turned to the C.I.A. His hope, several people involved in the program said, was to create some leverage against the Iranians, by setting back their nuclear program while sanctions continued and, more recently, oil prices dropped precipitously. </p>
<p>There were two specific objectives: to slow progress at Natanz and other known and suspected nuclear facilities, and keep the pressure on a little-known Iranian professor named Mohsen Fakrizadeh, a scientist described in classified portions of American intelligence reports as deeply involved in an effort to design a nuclear warhead for Iran. </p>
<p>Past American-led efforts aimed at Natanz had yielded little result. Several years ago, foreign intelligence services tinkered with individual power units that Iran bought in Turkey to drive its centrifuges, the floor-to-ceiling silvery tubes that spin at the speed of sound, enriching uranium for use in power stations or, with additional enrichment, nuclear weapons. </p>
<p>A number of centrifuges blew up, prompting public declarations of sabotage by Iranian officials. An engineer in Switzerland, who worked with the Pakistani nuclear black-marketeer Abdul Qadeer Khan, had been “turned” by American intelligence officials and helped them slip faulty technology into parts bought by the Iranians.</p>
<p>What Mr. Bush authorized, and informed a narrow group of Congressional leaders about, was a far broader effort, aimed at the entire industrial infrastructure that supports the Iranian nuclear program. Some of the efforts focused on ways to destabilize the centrifuges. The details are closely held, for obvious reasons, by American officials. One official, however, said, “It was not until the last year that they got really imaginative about what one could do to screw up the system.”</p>
<p>Then, he cautioned, “none of these are game-changers,” meaning that the efforts would not necessarily cripple the Iranian program. Others in the administration strongly disagree.</p>
<p>In the end, success or failure may come down to how much pressure can be brought to bear on Mr. Fakrizadeh, whom the 2007 National Intelligence Estimate identifies, in its classified sections, as the manager of Project 110 and Project 111. According to a presentation by the chief inspector of the International Atomic Energy Agency, those were the names for two Iranian efforts that appeared to be dedicated to designing a warhead and making it work with an Iranian missile. Iranian officials say the projects are a fiction, made up by the United States. </p>
<p>While the international agency readily concedes that the evidence about the two projects remains murky, one of the documents it briefly displayed at a meeting of the agency’s member countries in Vienna last year, from Mr. Fakrizadeh’s projects, showed the chronology of a missile launching, ending with a warhead exploding about 650 yards above ground — approximately the altitude from which the bomb dropped on Hiroshima was detonated. </p>
<p>The exact status of Mr. Fakrizadeh’s projects today is unclear. While the National Intelligence Estimate reported that activity on Projects 110 and 111 had been halted, the fear among intelligence agencies is that if the weapons design projects are turned back on, will they know?</p>
<p><strong>David E. Sanger is the chief Washington correspondent for The New York Times. Reporting for this article was developed in the course of research for “The Inheritance: The World Obama Confronts and the Challenges to American Power,” to be published Tuesday by Harmony Books.</strong></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/01/11/ce-week-18-us-rejected-aid-for-israeli-raid-on-iranian-nuclear-site/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>4</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #17:  &#8220;Israel should finish the job&#8221;</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/01/06/ce-week-17-israel-should-finish-the-job/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/01/06/ce-week-17-israel-should-finish-the-job/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 06 Jan 2009 17:42:17 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Opinion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=834</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[ by Cal Thomas 
January 6th




Hamas, a group designated a terrorist organization by the U.S. State Department, is made of the Nazis of modern times. Israel is right to pound military targets inside Gaza, but Israel brought much of the violence on itself by giving up land it had to know would be used to [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="details nested grid-8"><span> <em><strong>by Cal Thomas </strong></em></span></div>
<div class="details nested grid-8"><em><strong>January 6th</strong></em>
</div>
<div class="clear"></div>
<div class="tag-details details-top"></div>
<div id="story-body">
<p>Hamas, a group designated a terrorist organization by the U.S. State Department, is made of the Nazis of modern times. Israel is right to pound military targets inside Gaza, but Israel brought much of the violence on itself by giving up land it had to know would be used to rain down death on its civilians. That is always the pattern.</p>
<p>Why is anyone surprised that after Israel’s withdrawal from Gaza in 2005, the vacuum created was quickly filled by Hamas, whose sole purpose is the destruction of the “Zionist entity,” as it likes to call Israel, and the killing of as many Jews as possible? The fiction, which is greater than a belief in Santa Claus, is that Israel, or the United States, or anyone else, can do anything that will deter Hamas from its objective. What did anyone expect when Israel pulled out of Gaza? The establishment of a Disney theme park, perhaps?</p>
<p>Jews are vermin and less than human, Hamas says. Oh, wait. Wasn’t the same said of the Jews by the Nazis? The only difference is that today’s killers don’t speak German.</p>
<p>The year 2008 marked the 60th anniversary of Israel’s re-establishment in its ancient homeland. It also marked the 60th anniversary of the first violent response to the formation of the State of Israel. The violence hasn’t stopped despite the efforts of diplomats and politicians.</p>
<p>The incoming Obama administration has announced it will make a Middle East peace agreement a high priority. It might as well announce plans to defy gravity. Peace can only come once Israel’s enemies are defeated. No “infidel” diplomat is going to stop Palestinian schools from teaching a new generation to hate the Jews and to regard all of Israel as occupied Arab land.</p>
<p>Hamas and its terrorist cousins know how to play the public relations game. Most recently we saw it in Lebanon with Hezbollah. The terrorists operate within civilian areas so that when Israel strikes and unintentionally kills civilians, the bodies are paraded before Western media. In some cases, to embellish the drama, bodies have been planted in rubble, along with a child’s toy.</p>
<p>Most of the big media don’t focus on the occasional rocket attacks inside Israel, only on Israel’s attempts to stop them. So much of Western thinking continues along the delusional line that only “adjustments” by Israel have a chance of bringing peace by diminishing the passions of her enemies. If that were so, given all of Israel’s concessions, shouldn’t those passions have diminished by now and serious negotiations begun?</p>
<p>Instead, the more Israel concedes, the more violence it gets. At some point you might think people would say, “This isn’t working” and try another approach, such as striking back in a manner that would not simply stop the present threat, but convince Hamas and the others that there is no benefit in their continued aggression.</p>
<p>Iran is behind Hamas, supplying it with rockets, some of which are made in Russia, and with other weapons. The goal of the Obama administration ought not to be “peace,” per se. Peace is like happiness: a byproduct of something else. Israel’s goal should be peace through strength. The U.S. should commit to building up Israel, militarily and diplomatically, as a deterrent to Israel’s enemies, many of whom also hate and wish to destroy America.</p>
<p>Israel already has given up too much. Every concession has been met with more war. It is time to finish the job. No more delays; no more cease-fires or truces, which merely allow Hamas now (and Hezbollah before) to dig new tunnels and smuggle in reinforcements and more weapons with which they kill more Israeli civilians.</p>
<p>Total victory or death should be Israel’s slogan and goal. It is the slogan and goal of Israel’s enemies. Is there an Arabic equivalent of “Sieg Heil”?</p>
</div>
<p><em>Cal Thomas is a columnist for Tribune Media Services. </em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/01/06/ce-week-17-israel-should-finish-the-job/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #17:  &#8220;Panetta Is Chosen as C.I.A. Chief, in a Surprise Step&#8221;</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/01/06/ce-week-17-panetta-is-chosen-as-cia-chief-in-a-surprise-step/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/01/06/ce-week-17-panetta-is-chosen-as-cia-chief-in-a-surprise-step/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 06 Jan 2009 16:20:11 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Civil Liberties/Rights]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War in Iraq]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=832</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[January 6, 2009
 

By MARK MAZZETTI and CARL HULSE


WASHINGTON — Leon E. Panetta, a former congressman and White House chief of staff, has been selected by President-elect Barack Obama to head the Central Intelligence Agency. The choice, disclosed Monday by Democratic officials, immediately revealed divisions in the party as two senior lawmakers questioned why Mr. [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="timestamp"><strong>January 6, 2009</strong></div>
<h1><strong> </strong></h1>
<p><strong></p>
<div class="byline">By <a title="More Articles by Mark Mazzetti" href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/people/m/mark_mazzetti/index.html?inline=nyt-per">MARK MAZZETTI</a> and <a title="More Articles by Carl Hulse" href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/people/h/carl_hulse/index.html?inline=nyt-per">CARL HULSE</a></div>
<p></strong></p>
<div id="articleBody">
<p>WASHINGTON — <a title="More articles about Leon E. Panetta." href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/people/p/leon_e_panetta/index.html?inline=nyt-per">Leon E. Panetta</a>, a former congressman and White House chief of staff, has been selected by President-elect <a title="More articles about Barack Obama" href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/people/o/barack_obama/index.html?inline=nyt-per">Barack Obama</a> to head the <a title="More articles about the Central Intelligence Agency." href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/organizations/c/central_intelligence_agency/index.html?inline=nyt-org">Central Intelligence Agency</a>. The choice, disclosed Monday by Democratic officials, immediately revealed divisions in the party as two senior lawmakers questioned why Mr. Obama would nominate a candidate with limited experience in intelligence matters.</p>
<p>The job was the last unfilled major post for Mr. Obama, who has criticized the agency for using interrogation methods he characterized as torture. Democratic officials said Mr. Obama had selected Mr. Panetta for his managerial skills, his bipartisan standing, and the foreign policy and budget experience he gained under President <a title="More articles about Bill Clinton." href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/people/c/bill_clinton/index.html?inline=nyt-per">Bill Clinton</a>.</p>
<p>Mr. Panetta has himself been a sharp critic of the agency’s interrogation practices. Some Democrats expressed strong support for the choice, with <a title="More articles about Harry Reid." href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/people/r/harry_reid/index.html?inline=nyt-per">Harry Reid</a> of Nevada, the Senate majority leader, describing him as “one of the finest public servants I have ever served with and dealt with since he left the White House.”</p>
<p>But Mr. Panetta, 70, was also widely described as a surprising and unusual choice to head the C.I.A., an agency that has been notoriously unwelcoming to previous directors perceived as outsiders.</p>
<p>News of the decision was disclosed by Democratic officials who insisted on anonymity, and neither Mr. Obama nor his <a title="More articles about potential members of President-elect Barack Obama's administration." href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/news/us/series/the_new_team/index.html?inline=nyt-classifier">transition office</a> has commented publicly about it.</p>
<p>Among the lawmakers who expressed skepticism about the choice was Senator <a title="More articles about Dianne Feinstein." href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/people/f/dianne_feinstein/index.html?inline=nyt-per">Dianne Feinstein</a>, Democrat of California and the new chairwoman of the Senate Intelligence Committee. Ms. Feinstein, who would oversee any confirmation hearing for Mr. Panetta, issued a statement that signaled clear disapproval and said she had not been notified about the choice.</p>
<p>“My position has consistently been that I believe the agency is best served by having an intelligence professional in charge at this time,” she said.</p>
<p>A second top Democrat, Senator <a title="More articles about John D. IV Rockefeller." href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/people/r/john_d_iv_rockefeller/index.html?inline=nyt-per">John D. Rockefeller IV</a> of West Virginia, the departing chairman of the Intelligence Committee, shares Ms. Feinstein’s concerns, Democratic Congressional aides said.</p>
<p>Ms. Feinstein’s Republican counterpart on the Intelligence Committee, Senator <a title="More articles about Christopher S. Bond." href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/people/b/christopher_s_bond/index.html?inline=nyt-per">Christopher S. Bond</a> of Missouri, said he would be “looking hard at Panetta’s intelligence expertise and qualifications.”</p>
<p>It was not clear whether the skepticism would become an obstacle to the nomination of Mr. Panetta, who would succeed <a title="More articles about Michael V. Hayden." href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/people/h/michael_v_hayden/index.html?inline=nyt-per">Michael V. Hayden</a>, a retired Air Force general with decades of intelligence experience.</p>
<p>Senator <a title="More articles about Ron Wyden." href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/people/w/ron_wyden/index.html?inline=nyt-per">Ron Wyden</a>, an Oregon Democrat who is a member of the Intelligence Committee, called Mr. Panetta a “strong choice” who “has the skills to usher in a new era of accountability at the nation’s premier intelligence agency.”</p>
<p>The choice of Mr. Panetta comes nearly two weeks after Mr. Obama had otherwise wrapped up his major personnel moves. It appears to reflect the difficulty Mr. Obama has encountered in finding a candidate who is capable of taking charge of the agency but is not tied to the interrogation and detention program run by the C.I.A. under President Bush.</p>
<p>Aides have said that Mr. Obama had originally hoped to select a C.I.A. director with extensive field experience, especially in combating terrorist networks. But his first choice for the job, <a title="More articles about John O. Brennan." href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/people/b/john_o_brennan/index.html?inline=nyt-per">John O. Brennan</a>, had to withdraw his name amid criticism over his alleged role in the formation of the agency’s detention and interrogation program after the Sept. 11 attacks.</p>
<p>As President Clinton’s chief of staff for two and a half years, Mr. Panetta regularly attended daily intelligence briefings in the Oval Office, and he has a reputation in Washington as a skilled manager and power broker with a strong background in budget issues. But he has little direct intelligence experience, and did not serve on the House Intelligence Committee during his 16 years in Congress.</p>
<p>In disclosing the selection, Democratic officials said Mr. Panetta’s gravitas and ties to Mr. Obama would give the C.I.A. a powerful voice within the administration, particularly in bureaucratic jockeying with the Pentagon, which has a much bigger budget and more bureaucratic clout.</p>
<p>If confirmed by the Senate, Mr. Panetta would take control of the agency most directly responsible for hunting senior leaders of <a title="More articles about Al Qaeda." href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/organizations/a/al_qaeda/index.html?inline=nyt-org">Al Qaeda</a> around the world. He would also become the oldest director in the agency’s history, as well as the second politician and former lawmaker in recent years to take it over. <a title="More articles about Porter J. Goss." href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/people/g/porter_j_goss/index.html?inline=nyt-per">Porter J. Goss</a>, the former Republican congressman from Florida, ran the C.I.A from 2004 to 2006, though Mr. Goss was himself a former C.I.A. operative and the longtime chairman of the House Intelligence Committee.</p>
<p>Among the outsiders who ran into trouble in the past after being installed as C.I.A. director were Stansfield M. Turner, a retired <a title="More articles about United States Navy" href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/organizations/n/us_navy/index.html?inline=nyt-org">Navy</a> admiral selected by President <a title="More articles about Jimmy Carter." href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/people/c/jimmy_carter/index.html?inline=nyt-per">Jimmy Carter</a>, and <a title="More articles about John M. Deutch." href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/people/d/john_m_deutch/index.html?inline=nyt-per">John M. Deutch</a>, a physicist and former deputy defense secretary who was chosen by Mr. Clinton.</p>
<p>Mr. Deutch, now a professor at the <a title="More articles about Massachusetts Institute of Technology" href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/organizations/m/massachusetts_institute_of_technology/index.html?inline=nyt-org">Massachusetts Institute of Technology</a>, said there would have been good reasons for Mr. Obama to select a C.I.A. veteran to lead the agency. But Mr. Deutch also cited the examples of John McCone in the Kennedy administration and George Bush in the Nixon administration as cases in which outsiders became “two of the agency’s most successful directors.”</p>
<p>Mr. Deutch said that Mr. Panetta and <a title="More articles about Dennis Blair." href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/people/b/dennis_c_blair/index.html?inline=nyt-per">Dennis Blair</a>, a retired admiral who has been selected by Mr. Obama to become director of national intelligence, were an “absolutely brilliant team.” He called Mr. Panetta a “talented and experienced manager of government and a widely respected person with Congress.”</p>
<p>An early test in Mr. Panetta’s tenure at the C.I.A. would be to determine the future of the agency’s detention and interrogation program.</p>
<p>“Those who support torture may believe that we can abuse captives in certain select circumstances and still be true to our values,” he wrote in The Washington Monthly last year. “But that is a false compromise.” He also wrote: “We cannot and we must not use torture under any circumstances. We are better than that.”</p>
<p>Some human rights groups praised the choice. Elisa Massimino, executive director of Human Rights First, said it was important that the new C.I.A. director be someone “who recognizes that torture is illegal, immoral, dangerous and counterproductive.”</p>
<p>But some intelligence experts called the selection underwhelming, given the important role the C.I.A. plays in disrupting terrorist attacks against the United States.</p>
<p>“It’s a puzzling choice and a high-risk choice,” said Amy Zegart, a professor at the University of California, Los Angeles, who has written extensively on intelligence matters.</p>
<p>“The best way to change intelligence policies from the Bush administration responsibly is to pick someone intimately familiar with them,” Ms. Zegart said. “This is intelligence, not tax or transportation policy. You can’t hit the ground running by reading briefing books and asking smart questions.”</p>
<p>As C.I.A. director, Mr. Panetta would report to Mr. Blair. Neither choice has yet been  announced.</p>
<p>The C.I.A. has settled down from years of turmoil after the Sept. 11 attacks and fallout from flawed intelligence assessments about Iraq’s unconventional weapons programs. But the agency’s role among the constellation of spy agencies operating under the director of national intelligence remains ill-defined.</p>
<p>Mr. Panetta, a native of Monterey, Calif., served eight terms in the House before becoming the chief budget adviser to Mr. Clinton in 1993 and taking over as Mr. Clinton’s chief of staff from July 1994 to January 1997.</p>
<p><a title="More articles about Lee H. Hamilton." href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/people/h/lee_h_hamilton/index.html?inline=nyt-per">Lee H. Hamilton</a>, the former chairman of the House Intelligence Committee and a co-chairman of the Iraq Study Group, of which Mr. Panetta was a member, said Mr. Panetta’s good relationship with Mr. Obama could translate into influence within the broader intelligence community.</p>
<p>Mr. Hamilton said Mr. Panetta could make up for a lack of direct intelligence experience by picking a strong group of aides at the agency.</p>
<p>“You have to look at the team,” he said. “You clearly will want intelligence professionals at the highest levels of the C.I.A.”</p>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/01/06/ce-week-17-panetta-is-chosen-as-cia-chief-in-a-surprise-step/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #17:  &#8220;Israel must be willing to talk first&#8221;</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/01/06/ce-week-17-israel-must-be-willing-to-talk-first/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/01/06/ce-week-17-israel-must-be-willing-to-talk-first/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 06 Jan 2009 16:05:02 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Opinion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=831</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[


By  							Chris Jordan 
January 6, 2009


If the United States and Israel hope to ever truly come up with a successful strategy for fighting extreme militarism and threats to their security, they need bigger imaginations.
Pretend just for a minute that you are a mainstream Palestinian person living in Gaza. You, like 66 percent of your [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<hr />
<div class="column span-6 colborder">
<div id="mugshot" class="column span-3"></div>
<div class="column span-3 last"><strong><em>By  							<a href="http://dailyuw.com/author/chris-jordan/">Chris Jordan</a> </em><br />
January 6, 2009</strong></div>
<div class="column span-6"></div>
<hr /></div>
<p>If the United States and Israel hope to ever truly come up with a successful strategy for fighting extreme militarism and threats to their security, they need bigger imaginations.</p>
<p>Pretend just for a minute that you are a mainstream Palestinian person living in Gaza. You, like 66 percent of your fellow Palestinians, support some sort of peace process with Israel. You are fairly moderate and generally prefer peace to violence, but in 2006 you voted for Hamas in the elections. You didn’t necessarily agree with Hamas’s more radical rhetoric, but at the same time you found the status quo unacceptable. You voted for change.</p>
<p>Now in 2008, you are under attack. Israel has launched air strikes that make you afraid to go outside. Then their troops invade. You may not like how things have gone under Hamas’s rule, but at least they are there vowing to fight back against Israeli attacks.</p>
<p>It is baffling that Israel is unable to use its imagination to put itself inside the shoes of Palestinians and understand how Israeli actions are driving Palestinians toward supporting Hamas.</p>
<p>Hamas is a political entity. After winning the elections in 2002, it still faces threats to its power from other political factions. Its periodic rocket attacks could not possibly destroy Israel, but were intended to annoy and provoke; Israel has fallen right into the trap and has taken the bait. Why would Hamas provoke Israel?  Because Hamas knows that if Israel responds with military force, threatens Palestinians, and kills civilians, it will further radicalize Muslim opinion worldwide against the Israelis and strengthen Hamas’s position domestically with the Palestinian people.</p>
<p>The Israelis would do much better for themselves, strategically, to take a different approach. In the past, Hamas has indicated its willingness to negotiate with Israel. The Israeli government should take them up on this offer and make a good faith effort to talk and compromise. If Hamas engages Israel honestly, then perhaps some sort of agreement will materialize. If not, it will be clear to moderate Muslims and the Palestinian people that Hamas is standing in the way of peace, and not the Israelis. Ultimately, Hamas must answer to the Palestinian people, and obstructing peaceful negotiation when it is the will of the people is not a good political strategy.</p>
<p>By choosing to attack instead of talk, Israel is losing the battle for hearts and minds across the world. The anti-Israeli sentiment that follows breeds tolerance for extremism and an environment that anti-Semitic militants ultimately thrive on. Losing the masses is a mistake the United States made in Iraq, a mistake it made in Afghanistan and a mistake Israel is making with Muslims and mainstream Palestinians.</p>
<p>Clearly neither Hamas nor Israel has much moral high ground to stand on right now. Hamas provoked Israel with rocket attacks, and is operating in densely populated areas to intentionally drive up the number of civilians killed by Israeli bombs. Despite the fact that these latest Hamas attacks didn’t result in any deaths, Israeli retaliations resulted in the death of more than 400 Palestinians, and 60 civilians. I can understand both why Israel did what it did and the criticisms of its actions.</p>
<p>The question we should be asking ourselves is what can America do to bring peace and stability? Vast majorities of the populations in every major Muslim country have a negative view of the United States, and a lot of that ill will is a result of our policy, which has basically been to sit on the sidelines and condemn Hamas at every opportunity.</p>
<p>Israel is a strong ally, and America should not abandon her. At the same time, we need a change. We need a policy that takes the high ground and Israel needs one that won’t draw the fire of the Muslim world, and that’s in its strategic interest. America should press Israel to seek peace, not war. The only chance Israel has to undercut extremism is through reaching out with their voices, not their bombers.</p>
<p><strong><em>Reach columnist Chris Jordan at opinion@dailyuw.com.  Chris is a MSHS graduate and former AP GO PO Student.</em></strong></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/01/06/ce-week-17-israel-must-be-willing-to-talk-first/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #17:  &#8220;The Bigger Middle East War&#8221;</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/01/05/ce-week-17-the-bigger-middle-east-war/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/01/05/ce-week-17-the-bigger-middle-east-war/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 05 Jan 2009 17:24:38 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Religion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=830</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[BY BARRY RUBIN 
Monday, January 5th 2009, 4:00 AM 
The war in Gaza is the first chapter of a new era in the Middle East. The Arab-Israeli conflict is far from the region&#8217;s dominant dispute. The Arab-Islamist conflict now overwhelms it &#8211; by a large margin.
Increasingly, Arab regimes know Hamas isn&#8217;t their friend and, though [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>BY BARRY RUBIN </strong></p>
<p>Monday, January 5th 2009, 4:00 AM </p>
<p>The war in Gaza is the first chapter of a new era in the Middle East. The Arab-Israeli conflict is far from the region&#8217;s dominant dispute. The Arab-Islamist conflict now overwhelms it &#8211; by a large margin.</p>
<p>Increasingly, Arab regimes know Hamas isn&#8217;t their friend and, though they won&#8217;t say so publicly, don&#8217;t see Israel as an enemy. No wonder: Israel is politically stable and economically prosperous. It doesn&#8217;t threaten to take over their countries, overthrow their regimes and stand them in front of a firing squad. </p>
<p>Radical Islamism, Iran-style, does. </p>
<p>That&#8217;s right. Arab nations&#8217; prime 21st century enemy is Iran and its allies: Syria, Hezbollah, Hamas and Iraqi terrorists. After destroying their own countries, they want to do the same to everyone else. </p>
<p>Up on the Lebanese border, where I just visited, things are quiet. Hezbollah talks big about its 2006 &#8220;victory&#8221; but knows how hard Israel hit it then. It&#8217;s not looking for trouble with the Jewish state now. </p>
<p>At the same time, Egypt condemns Hamas and urges Israel to smash the radical Islamist group. Lebanese friends tell me they fear that unless Israel and the West stop the Islamists, their country will be taken over in this new year. </p>
<p>The editor of the important Arabic newspaper Al-Sharq al-Awsat, himself a Saudi, warns that Iran and Hamas &#8211; effectively at war with Egypt and Saudi Arabia &#8211; are the real threat to Arab security. </p>
<p>And the meeting of Arab states last week, instead of producing a condemnation of Israel or America, did nothing. </p>
<p>What was the 2006 Israel-Hezbollah war&#8217;s big lesson? That unless Israel wins a clear victory, Islamists will be more aggressive. It&#8217;s the same thing the U.S. surge in Iraq demonstrates: pulling punches on terrorists doesn&#8217;t make them love you or be peaceable. </p>
<p>Of course, the Israel-Palestinian conflict is far from over: It will probably continue for decades. But that&#8217;s precisely the point. It&#8217;s an Israel-Palestinian battle, smaller and less strategically significant than this other half-century-long conflict, which involves the whole region. </p>
<p>This is also a conflict among Palestinians. The Palestinian Authority, which rules the West Bank, is still full of radicals but has worked recently to stop terrorist attacks against Israel and to create a stable society. The PA can&#8217;t and won&#8217;t make full peace with Israel, but the two sides do cooperate in reducing violence. </p>
<p>In contrast, Hamas wants permanent war on Israel, constant terrorism, and openly preaches genocide. </p>
<p>This is what the Obama administration must understand. The Arab-Israeli conflict is relatively unimportant today in regional terms. It is overwhelmed by a dangerous mix of other nations and issues: Iran, Iraq, Afghanistan, Pakistan, Lebanon (on the verge of an Iran-Syria takeover), Islamism, terrorism and oil. </p>
<p>Barack Obama must understand that Iran and radical Islamists are out to destroy U.S. interests in the Middle East, expand their own influence and escalate anti-Americanism to murderous proportions around the globe. </p>
<p>Moderate Arabs &#8211; and the nations in which they have the most influence &#8211; live in constant fear of that happening. America can allay those fears &#8211; if it follows a policy mixing intelligence and toughness. </p>
<p>Rather than obsessing over the Arab-Israeli conflict, as many want Obama to do, job one for the new administration in the Mideast should be uniting America&#8217;s Arab friends alongside Israel against their common enemies: the fanatical Islamists. </p>
<p>A broad moderate Arab coalition, strengthened to resist the likes of Iran, Hezbollah and Hamas, will not only put the region on far more solid footing. It will help the Israeli-Palestinian mess take care of itself. </p>
<p><em>Barry Rubin is director of the Global Research in International Affairs Center (GLORIA) and editor of the Middle East Review of International Affairs (MERIA) Journal. He is author of &#8220;The Long War for Freedom: The Arab Struggle for Democracy in the Middle East.&#8221;</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/01/05/ce-week-17-the-bigger-middle-east-war/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Winter Break WK #3:  &#8220;India, Pakistan saber rattling raises war fear&#8221;</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/12/27/winter-break-wk-3-india-pakistan-saber-rattling-raises-war-fear/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/12/27/winter-break-wk-3-india-pakistan-saber-rattling-raises-war-fear/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 27 Dec 2008 18:13:24 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Religion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=824</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[By Saeed Shah and Jonathan S. Landay / McClatchy 

ISLAMABAD, Pakistan – Pakistan is moving some troops away from its border with Afghanistan, Pakistani officials said on Friday, sparking renewed fears that last month’s terrorist attack in Mumbai, India, could trigger a fourth war between the two countries, both of which are now armed with [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span>By Saeed Shah and Jonathan S. Landay / McClatchy </span></p>
<div id="story-body">
<p>ISLAMABAD, Pakistan – Pakistan is moving some troops away from its border with Afghanistan, Pakistani officials said on Friday, sparking renewed fears that last month’s terrorist attack in Mumbai, India, could trigger a fourth war between the two countries, both of which are now armed with nuclear weapons.</p>
<p>Media reports in both countries, most unconfirmed and some false or exaggerated, have fueled rising war hysteria in India and Pakistan, and U.S. officials and independent analysts worry that any signs of preparation for war could trigger a conflict that neither country wants and that neither can afford.</p>
<p>The Bush administration has been trying to calm the situation, but U.S. officials worry that Pakistan’s weak civilian government can’t meet India’s demands for a crackdown on Islamic militant groups without sparking a backlash from the country’s powerful army and the directorate of Inter-Services Intelligence, which have ties to some militant groups.</p>
<p>“We hope that both sides will avoid taking steps that will unnecessarily raise tensions during these already tense times,” said U.S. National Security Council spokesman Gordon Johndroe.</p>
<p>Stephen Cohen, a South Asia expert with the Washington-based, center-left policy research organization the Brookings Institution who returned on Monday from a visit to India, said the coalition government of Prime Minister Manmohan Singh doesn’t want a confrontation, but is under considerable public pressure to retaliate against Pakistan for the Mumbai attacks.</p>
<p>“There is nothing (the Singh government) can do except make threatening noises toward Pakistan,” he said. “Both countries are rattling their sabers. These are two weak governments that are clearly trying to get the Americans nervous so they put pressure on the other country (to back down).”</p>
<p>He called the current atmosphere “a precursor to a crisis” that could erupt because of the high possibility of a misstep on either side.</p>
<p>“We are in a period of touch-and-go,” he said.</p>
<p>For U.S. and NATO troops battling the Taliban and al-Qaida, however, any Pakistani withdrawal from the frontier with Afghanistan could be disastrous. Pakistan has some 100,000 troops stationed along the Afghan border, and their departure would give the Taliban and other groups refuge and free rein in an area that sits astride America’s supply lines into Afghanistan.</p>
<p>It wasn’t clear Friday, however, how extensive the Pakistani move away from the Afghan border is.</p>
<p>A Pakistani defense official, who couldn’t be named because of the sensitivity of the issue, said, “Troops, in snowbound areas and places where operational commitments were less (in the west), have been pulled back.”</p>
<p>The official, however, denied reports that the soldiers had been redeployed to the Indian border, and he declined to say how many troops were involved. Media reports, quoting witnesses, spoke of long convoys of trucks carrying troops, passing through towns in western Pakistan, traveling eastward, but another security official, who lacked the authorization to speak and couldn’t be named, said that there’d been “no untoward troop movement.”</p>
<p>The objective and magnitude of the Pakistani troop movements are unclear, said a U.S. official, who requested anonymity because he wasn’t authorized to speak publicly.</p>
<p>He said, however, that Pakistan usually pulls troops out of mountainous northwestern areas bordering Afghanistan during the winter, when operations against militants allied with al-Qaida usually wind down.</p>
<p>Indian Prime Minister Singh met with his military chiefs on Friday, and there also have been unconfirmed reports in recent days that India has moved troops to Rajasthan, a region that borders Pakistan. Pakistan fears that India might launch an invasion from Rajasthan into Sindh province, aiming to sever the northern and southern halves of Pakistan.</p>
<p>Hasan Askari Rizvi, a military expert based in the eastern Pakistani city of Lahore, said that India might be calculating that a move into Sindh wouldn’t trigger a nuclear response from Pakistan, unlike an invasion of Punjab province, the country’s heartland.</p>
<p>“Pakistan and India are at some distance from war, but when troops start moving, any misperception, or any miscalculation, can be dangerous,” Rizvi said.</p>
<p>Pakistan has canceled leave for all its soldiers, and India has told its citizens not to travel to Pakistan. Since the Mumbai attacks, there have been at least four air incursions into Pakistan by Indian fighter jets. Pakistani officials publicly acknowledged two cross-border flights, but dismissed them as inadvertent.</p>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/12/27/winter-break-wk-3-india-pakistan-saber-rattling-raises-war-fear/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>10</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Winter Break WK #2:  &#8220;Would Al Gore have invaded Iraq?&#8221;</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/12/24/winter-break-wk-2-would-al-gore-have-invaded-iraq/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/12/24/winter-break-wk-2-would-al-gore-have-invaded-iraq/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 24 Dec 2008 17:57:35 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Opinion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War in Iraq]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=820</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[by Kelly McParland
Definitely, concludes new study
December 23, 2008




Current wisdom has it that if there had been a few less hanging chads in Florida in November 2000, the world would be a different place.
Al Gore would have won the presidency, the Iraq war wouldn’t have happened, and several hundred thousand people who perished in that war [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="PostTitle">by Kelly McParland</div>
<div class="PostTitle">Definitely, concludes new study</div>
<div class="entryviewfooter">December 23, 2008</p>
<div class="em"><span id="ctl00_Main_WeblogPostTagEditableList1_ctl01"><a rel="tag" href="http://network.nationalpost.com/np/blogs/fullcomment/archive/tags/Full+Comment.+U.S.+politics/default.aspx"></a></span><br />
<input id="ctl00_Main_WeblogPostTagEditableList1_ctl01_State" name="ctl00$Main$WeblogPostTagEditableList1$ctl01" type="hidden" value="value:%3Ca%20href%3D%22%2Fnp%2Fblogs%2Ffullcomment%2Farchive%2Ftags%2FKelly%2BMcParland%2Fdefault.aspx%22%20rel%3D%22tag%22%3EKelly%20McParland%3C%2Fa%3E%2C%20%3Ca%20href%3D%22%2Fnp%2Fblogs%2Ffullcomment%2Farchive%2Ftags%2FFull%2BComment.%2BU.S.%2Bpolitics%2Fdefault.aspx%22%20rel%3D%22tag%22%3EFull%20Comment.%20U.S.%20politics%3C%2Fa%3E" /></div>
</div>
<p><img src="http://www.nationalpost.com/1108703.bin" alt="" width="475" /></p>
<p>Current wisdom has it that if there had been a few less hanging chads in Florida in November 2000, the world would be a different place.</p>
<p>Al Gore would have won the presidency, the Iraq war wouldn’t have happened, and several hundred thousand people who perished in that war would be alive today. That conclusion is based on the generally unchallenged belief that Iraq is George W. Bush’s war: that he and a cabal of like-minded right-wingers conceived and executed the invasion for their own ideological motives. Or, as Frank Harvey, a research professor of international relations at Dalhousie University, puts it: “A few powerful ideologues exploited public fears (and international goodwill) in the aftermath of 9/11 to amplify Iraq’s WMD threat as a primary justification for an unnecessary, preventive invasion.”</p>
<p>That view, notes Harvey, “has emerged as the dominant narrative for explaining the U.S. attack. It represents the prevailing consensus running through dozens of the most popular books on the Bush administration, and hundreds of frequently cited (and widely circulated) scholarly articles, media reports and blog entries on the invasion. In fact, casual observers engaged in a cursory review of the literature will find the same thesis repeated (and usually defended) by prominent scholars, journalists and Washington ‘insiders’ on the left and right of the political spectrum.”</p>
<p>Harvey believes the conclusion is dead wrong. In a new paper for the Canadian Defense and Foreign Affairs Institute, he deconstructs the thesis and finds it “overlooks almost all of the relevant historical facts.” More than that, he asks a simple question: <em><strong>Had he been elected, would Al Gore have taken the same path as George Bush?</strong></em> He concludes, overwhelmingly, that he would have.<span id="more-820"></span></p>
<p>Given the prevailing mood in the aftermath of 9/11, the institutional structures that surround the president, the political and social pressures of the time, the accepted wisdom regarding Saddam Hussein and the international factors at work, says Harvey, Gore “[would have been] compelled &#8230; to make many of the same interim (generally praised) decisions for many of the same reasons. Momentum would have done the rest.”</p>
<p>There are several threads to Harvey’s argument,<a href="http://www.cdfai.org/"> which you can read in its entirety here</a>. At the risk of oversimplifying a very detailed examination, here are a few of the arguments he makes:</p>
<p>• Despite its universal acceptance, the prevailing theory of the war, which Harvey calls “neoconism” “remains an unsubstantiated assertion, a ‘theory’ without theoretical content, an argument devoid of logic or perspective &#8230; Even the most superficial review of its central tenets reveals serious logical, empirical and theoretical flaws.”</p>
<p>For instance, he notes, it presumes that Bush, Donald Rumsfeld, Dick Cheney and a few like-minded ideologues “had the intellectual prowess and political skills to manipulate the preferences, perceptions and priorities” of non-neocons such as Tony Blair and Colin Powell; the majority of both parties in both houses of Congress; the leadership of foreign policy and intelligence committees in the House and Senate &#8212; including every senior Democrat; most European leaders; “every member of the UN Security Council (including France, Russia and China) who unanimously endorsed <a href="http://www.state.gov/p/io/rls/fs/2003/17926.htm">UN Security Council Resolution 1441</a>; and 60%-70% of the American people at the time.</p>
<p>• The “neocon” argument presumes Gore, in the same circumstances, would not have been presented with similar advice or faced pressures to act in a similar way. Harvey suggests this is wishful thinking. “In fact, all of the relevant evidence from Gore’s entire political career – his speeches on Iraq, contributions to the 2000 campaign debates on foreign affairs, policy announcements and interviews” argue Gore would have been at least as aggressive as Bush. As Harvey points out:</p>
<p>“Gore was a foreign policy hawk. He consistently opposed efforts to cut defense spending, supported Reagan’s decisions to bomb Libya, invade Grenada, aid the Contras in the 80s, and fund the B-1 and B-2 bomber and MX missile programs.” Gore and his running mate, Senator Joe Lieberman, both backed the 1991 Gulf War. As Vice President, Gore supported military actions in Bosnia and Kosovo, and “consistently adopted the hardest line in the Clinton administration when dealing with Saddam Hussein.” When President Clinton decided to abort his four-day bombing of Iraq in 1998, Gore opposed backing down “despite the absence of UN Security Council endorsement.”</p>
<p>Gore was surrounded by advisers who shared his hawkish views, whose speeches, statements and policy positions at the time give no hint they were reluctant to use force to bring Saddam Hussein into line.</p>
<p>• Bush did not invent the conditions or attitudes at the time. Gore would have been presented with the same flawed intelligence on Iraq’s weapons capabilities, faced the same public fears and pressures and the same international concerns. “Every member of the UN Security Council (including the war’s strongest critics, France and Russia)” unanimously endorsed the belief that Saddam had maintained proscribed weapons and was actively frustrating UN efforts to find them, Harvey writes.</p>
<p>“Anyone looking for reasons to be worried about Iraq could easily ignore speeches by Bush, Cheney or Rumsfeld and focus instead on those delivered by Clinton (Bill or Hillary), Gore and Kerry; they could ignore the 2002 [National Intelligence Estimate] and read the NIEs published over the previous five years; or they could simply read the  reports by UNMOVIC’s chief weapons inspector Hans Blix, or UNSCOM’s inspector Scott Ritter (one of the war’s strongest critics).”</p>
<p>• The faulty intelligence was backed up by Saddam’s bizarre efforts to encourage such beliefs, in hopes it would reduce the danger of a second conflict with Iran. There is no reason to believe Saddam would have acted differently under a Gore administration.</p>
<p>Harvey notes that the decision to invade was not made overnight but culminated from a series of escalating steps involving the UN and a host of international leaders, both friendly and otherwise.<br />
“President Gore would have been compelled to make all of the same rational moves to get inspectors back into Iraq,” he concludes. “Strategically, the only way to accomplish this goal through multilateral diplomacy would have been to follow the same basic strategy. The competing counterfactual claim that none of these decisions would have been taken is simply not credible.”</p>
<p>He adds: “The only significant difference would have been the size of the invading force – Gore would probably have recommended a much larger troop deployment in line with General Anthony Zinni’s plan under the Clinton administration (OPPLAN 1003-98, originally approved in 1996 and updated in 1998, called for 400,000 troops). Boosted by the confidence of deploying this many troops, and concerned about the cost of sustaining such a large force through prolonged (and unsuccessful) inspections, Gore would have been more, not less inclined to accept the risks of war. It is highly unlikely that a sitting Democratic President would have survived the 2004 election if he decided against enforcing “all necessary means” or “serious consequences” in favour of the French-Russian position.</p>
<p>National Post</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/12/24/winter-break-wk-2-would-al-gore-have-invaded-iraq/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>8</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Winter Break WK #2:  &#8220;The Price of Their Security&#8221;</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/12/23/winter-break-wk-2-the-price-of-their-security/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/12/23/winter-break-wk-2-the-price-of-their-security/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 23 Dec 2008 17:12:36 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Civil Liberties/Rights]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Opinion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War in Iraq]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=818</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[December 23, 2008 
By Eugene Robinson
WASHINGTON &#8212; Understanding isn&#8217;t the same as forgiving. The history-be-my-judge interviews that President Bush and Vice President Cheney have been giving recently help me understand why they acted with such contempt for our Constitution and our values &#8212; but also reinforce my confident belief, and my fervent hope, that history [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span class="dateline">December 23, 2008 </span></p>
<p><strong>By</strong> <a href="http://www.realclearpolitics.com/articles/author/eugene_robinson/"><strong>Eugene Robinson</strong></a></p>
<p>WASHINGTON &#8212; Understanding isn&#8217;t the same as forgiving. The history-be-my-judge interviews that President Bush and Vice President Cheney have been giving recently help me understand why they acted with such contempt for our Constitution and our values &#8212; but also reinforce my confident belief, and my fervent hope, that history will throw the book at them.</p>
<p>The basic argument that they&#8217;re making deserves to be taken seriously. I don&#8217;t think either man would object to my summing it up in one sentence: <em>We did what we did to keep America safe.</em></p>
<div id="article-box-ad"><!-- OAS_AD('Block'); //--></div>
<p>That terse formulation of the Bush-Cheney apologia leaves out important details. Cheney came into office with preconceived ideas about restoring executive branch powers and prerogatives that he believed had been lost after Vietnam and Watergate; Bush either shared Cheney&#8217;s views or was willing to go along. But the main narrative of the Bush presidency began with the Sept. 11, 2001, attacks by al-Qaeda terrorists &#8212; the worst such assault on American soil.</p>
<p>In a not-for-attribution chat with a member of the Bush Cabinet a couple of years ago, conversation turned to 9/11. I said something like, &#8220;I can imagine what that day must have felt like for you.&#8221; The response was immediate: &#8220;No, you can&#8217;t.&#8221;</p>
<p>The official went on to describe the chaos and anguish &#8212; the shock of seeing the 110-story World Trade Center towers collapse into rubble, the fear that other hijacked planes might still be in the air, the gut feeling that the president and those around him were personally under attack. The official talked of how administration officials racked their memories to think of anything they might have done differently to prevent the 9/11 attacks. I doubt that anyone in the Situation Room actually quoted Malcolm X, but essentially a vow was taken to protect the country from another assault &#8220;by any means necessary.&#8221;</p>
<p>These were human reactions, understandable and appropriate at the time. The truth is that the administration had missed signs that an attack was brewing &#8212; most famously, the president&#8217;s daily brief titled &#8220;Bin Laden Determined to Strike in U.S.&#8221; But these portents were lost amid the avalanche of information that buries every president every single day. Anyone in Bush&#8217;s position would have been filled with grief, anger and resolve.</p>
<p>Initial reactions are supposed to give way to reasoned analysis, however. For Bush and most of his top aides, this didn&#8217;t happen until far too late.</p>
<p>For Cheney, apparently it never happened at all. In an <a href="http://www.realclearpolitics.com/articles/2008/12/interview_with_dick_cheney_on.html">interview</a> broadcast Sunday, he invited Fox News&#8217; Chris Wallace to &#8220;go back and look at how eager the country was to have us work in the aftermath of 9/11 to make certain that that never happened again.&#8221; People have since become &#8220;complacent,&#8221; he said, but the administration&#8217;s actions have &#8220;produced a safe 7.5 years, and I think the record speaks for itself.&#8221;</p>
<p>That record, admirably, includes the overthrow of the Taliban regime in Afghanistan, the dismantling of al-Qaeda&#8217;s infrastructure and the killing or capture of some of the terrorist organization&#8217;s most important operatives. Shamefully, however, it also includes the violation of international and U.S. legal norms by subjecting terrorist suspects to indefinite detention and cruel, painful interrogation; the creation of a mini-gulag of secret CIA-run prisons abroad; and unprecedented domestic surveillance without court supervision &#8212; all justified, Cheney maintains, by a state of &#8220;war&#8221; that has no foreseeable end.</p>
<p>The Bush-Cheney record also includes the invasion of a country &#8212; Iraq &#8212; that had nothing whatsoever to do with 9/11. This misadventure has claimed more than 4,000 American lives, wasted hundreds of billions of dollars and grievously damaged our strategic position in the Middle East. In an interview with Martha Raddatz of ABC News earlier this month, Bush claimed credit for vanquishing al-Qaeda&#8217;s forces in Iraq. When Raddatz pointed out that there were no al-Qaeda forces in Iraq until after the U.S. invasion, the president answered, &#8220;Yeah, that&#8217;s right. So what?&#8221;</p>
<p>Here&#8217;s so what: Bush and Cheney, understandably shaken by an unprecedented act of terrorism, declared and prosecuted a &#8220;war&#8221; without specifying who the enemy is. Rather than focus on the architect and sponsor of the 9/11 attacks, Osama bin Laden, they turned away to lash out at others in pre-emptive blows that dishonored our nation&#8217;s most precious ideals.</p>
<p>History will note that the point of the Constitution is that the ends don&#8217;t always justify the means &#8212; and that nowhere in the document can be found the phrase &#8220;so what?&#8221;</p>
<div id="article-author"><a href="mailto:%20eugenerobinson@washpost.com">eugenerobinson@washpost.com</a></div>
<div id="article-footer">
<p>Copyright 2008, Washington Post Writers Group</p>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/12/23/winter-break-wk-2-the-price-of-their-security/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>3</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Winter Break WK#2:  &#8220;Myths and Facts About the Real Bush Record&#8221;</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/12/22/winter-break-wk2-myths-and-facts-about-the-real-bush-record/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/12/22/winter-break-wk2-myths-and-facts-about-the-real-bush-record/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 22 Dec 2008 18:49:57 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Crime]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Economics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Education]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Health Care]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Opinion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Environment]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Media]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War in Iraq]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=816</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[ December 22, 2008 
By Ed Gillespie
As the year draws to an end and President Bush enters his final month in office, there is much commentary about the Administration&#8217;s record over the past eight years. Unsurprisingly, many of these stories assail and distort the President&#8217;s record and recycle myths and unfounded allegations that have been [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span class="dateline"> December 22, 2008 </span></p>
<p><strong>By</strong> <a href="http://www.realclearpolitics.com/articles/author/ed_gillespie/"><strong>Ed Gillespie</strong></a></p>
<p>As the year draws to an end and President Bush enters his final month in office, there is much commentary about the Administration&#8217;s record over the past eight years. Unsurprisingly, many of these stories assail and distort the President&#8217;s record and recycle myths and unfounded allegations that have been leveled for the better part of his two terms. Historical accuracy requires a response to the litany of attacks leveled against President Bush, and while there&#8217;s not enough space to respond to all of them, here are five of the most egregious:</p>
<p><strong>Myth 1: The last eight years were awful for most Americans economically and President Bush&#8217;s deregulatory policies caused the current financial crisis.</strong></p>
<p><strong>Reality:</strong></p>
<p>President Bush&#8217;s time in office is ending as it began, with our economy under stress. The recession President Bush inherited as he entered office ran through the attacks of September 11, 2001, but during the recovery that followed, and due in no small part to the tax relief President Bush worked with Congress to provide, this country experienced its longest run of uninterrupted job growth &#8211; 52 straight months, with 8.3 million jobs created.</p>
<div id="article-box-ad"><!-- OAS_AD('Block'); //--></div>
<p>This reflected six consecutive years of economic growth from the Fourth Quarter of 2001 until the Fourth Quarter of 2007. From 2000 to 2007, real GDP grew by more than 17 percent, a remarkable gain of nearly 2.1 trillion dollars. This growth was driven in part by increased labor productivity gains that have averaged 2.5 percent annually since 2001, a rate that exceeds the averages of the 1970s, &#8217;80s, and &#8217;90s. In the same period, real after-tax income per capita increased by more than 11 percent, and there was a 4.7 percent increase in the number of new businesses formed. The current economic challenges, which the President and his Administration have responded to aggressively, threaten to reverse some of these gains &#8211; but the gains cannot be denied.</p>
<p>As for the current crisis, the President and his economic team have taken unprecedented actions to stabilize the financial sector and avert a collapse. While there are a number of causes of the housing and credit crises that are at the root of our current economic troubles, deregulation by the Bush Administration is simply not one of them. In fact, one of the circumstances that contributed to the crisis was the failure of the government sponsored enterprises (GSEs) Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, which President Bush long tried to subject to <em>greater </em>regulation. In April 2001, three months after taking office, the President warned in his first budget that the size of the two GSEs were a &#8220;potential problem&#8221; that &#8220;could cause strong repercussions in financial markets, affecting Federally insured entities and economic activity.&#8221; <strong>In 2003, the Administration began calling for a new GSE regulator, and over the next five years, the Administration continued to call for GSE reform</strong> only to be accused by Democrats in Congress of creating artificial fears and advocating for ill-advised proposals.  <strong>By the time Congress finally acted in 2008 to provide the oversight the President requested, it was too late to prevent systemic consequences.</strong> Had the Administration&#8217;s initial reform proposals been adopted, some of today&#8217;s turmoil in our financial markets may have been averted.</p>
<p><strong>Myth 2: President Bush&#8217;s tax cuts only benefitted the wealthy and were paid for by sacrificing investments in health care and education.</strong></p>
<p><strong>Reality:</strong></p>
<p>There are not 116 million &#8220;wealthy Americans,&#8221; but that&#8217;s how many taxpayers benefited from the President&#8217;s tax relief. The across-the-board tax cuts provided tax relief to every American who pays income taxes, created a new bottom 10 percent bracket rate, doubled the child tax credit to $1,000, and actually increased the share of the Federal income tax burden paid by the top 10 percent of individual earners from 67 percent in 2000 to 70 percent in 2005. Furthermore, this Administration removed 13 million low-income earners from the income tax rolls completely.</p>
<p>The economic growth spurred by tax relief also spurred growth in Federal tax receipts. In fact, the Federal Treasury realized the largest three-year increase of revenue in 26 years, and tax receipts grew more than $542 billion between 2000 and 2007. And yes, much of that money went to investments in health care and education.</p>
<p>President Bush provided more than 40 million Americans with better access to prescription drugs by creating the market-based Medicare Prescription Drug Benefit. And it is one of the rare government programs that actually costs less than expected. Projected overall program spending between 2004 and 2013 is approximately $240 billion lower, nearly 38 percent, than originally estimated, thanks to the market-oriented principles included at President Bush&#8217;s insistence.</p>
<p>Despite the heated rhetoric over children&#8217;s health insurance (S-CHIP) legislation last year, estimates from a 2007 Federal survey show that the number of uninsured children under the age of 18 actually declined by 800,000 from 2001 to 2007. From 2007 to 2008, the number of people covered by affordable and portable Health Savings Account-eligible plans increased 35 percent. Additionally, since President Bush took office, more than 1,200 community health centers have opened or expanded nationwide, which has helped provide treatment to nearly 17 million people.</p>
<p>Federal spending on education has increased nearly 40 percent under President Bush. Additionally, Pell Grant funding nearly doubled during the Administration, which is expected to help more than 5.5 million students attend college in the 2008-09 school year, 1.2 million more students than were assisted by Pell Grants in the 2001-02 school year. This financial aid assistance also helps account for the fact that 66 percent of high school graduates from the class of 2006 enrolled in colleges, compared to 63 percent in 2000.</p>
<p>Perhaps more importantly, the President&#8217;s No Child Left Behind Act has delivered tangible results to students. Since the law was enacted, fourth-grade students have achieved their highest reading and math scores on record, eighth-grade students have achieved their highest math scores on record, and African-American and Hispanic students have posted all-time high scores in a number of categories, narrowing the gap between minority students and white students.</p>
<p><strong>Myth 3:  The President&#8217;s &#8220;go it alone&#8221; foreign policy ruined America&#8217;s standing in the world.</strong></p>
<p><strong>Reality:</strong></p>
<p>Rarely can one see revisionist history occurring in the present, but this charge is nothing short of that. The United States acted with a multilateral coalition of partner nations to remove Saddam Hussein from power in Iraq after he failed to comply with the will of the international community, including numerous United Nations Security Council Resolutions. To ignore this fact is not only a distortion of history, but it is also an insult to the service members of our coalition partners who sacrificed their lives to contribute to the success we are now witnessing in Iraq. And in Afghanistan, approximately forty countries are currently deployed with American forces, including every one of our NATO allies.</p>
<p>The President also created a worldwide coalition of more than 90 nations to combat terrorist networks by sharing information, drying up their financing, and bringing their leaders to justice. To date, we have captured or killed hundreds of al-Qaeda leaders and operatives with the help of partner nations. Furthermore, the Administration established the Proliferation Security Initiative, which now includes more than 90 nations, and other multilateral coalitions to stop the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction.</p>
<p>The President successfully pushed for expanding NATO membership, generated international pressure on Iran to stop it from developing nuclear weapons, and organized the Six-Party Talks, which have resulted in North Korea committing to give up its nuclear weapons and abandon its nuclear programs. Verifying North Korea&#8217;s commitment will be a challenge, but at the most recent Six-Party Talks meeting, there was strong consensus among the five parties that North Korea must submit to a comprehensive verification regime that accords with international standards.</p>
<p>U.S. ties in Asia have been strengthened over the past eight years, and the Administration has built strong relationships with China, Japan, and South Korea, among others. We have signed an historic civilian nuclear power agreement with India, reflecting a fundamental change in our relationship. Pro-American leaders have been elected in Germany, France, and Italy. Eastern European countries such as Georgia, Ukraine, and Kosovo treasure their relationships with the United States, and no president has done more to improve health and security in the nations of Africa. We have also strengthened cooperation with Latin America, including initiatives with Brazil on biofuels and with Mexico and Central America on fighting organized crime. Finally, when the President took office, America had trade agreements in force with only three countries, versus 14 today &#8211; with three additional agreements approved by Congress but not yet in force and agreements with three countries that are awaiting Congressional approval.</p>
<p><strong>Myth 4:  The war in Iraq caused us to &#8220;take our eye off the ball&#8221; in Afghanistan and with al Qaeda.</strong></p>
<p><strong>Reality:</strong></p>
<p>Iraq and Afghanistan are two fronts in the same war, and while the success of the surge in Iraq has been visible, we have also had a quiet surge in Afghanistan. The U.S. has continuously and aggressively fought side-by-side with Afghans and our allies to defeat the Taliban and al Qaeda in Afghanistan. The United States has provided nearly $32 billion for security, political, and economic development assistance and the international community has provided more than $55 billion to Afghanistan since 2001.</p>
<p>An additional U.S. Marine battalion deployed to Afghanistan in November and they will be followed by an Army combat brigade of about 3,400 troops in early 2009. U.S. forces now total approximately 31,000, and are joined by nearly as many coalition troops. The United States and our allies are working with Afghanistan to help it nearly double the size of the Afghan National Army over the next five years, from 79,000 now trained to 134,000 in 2014.</p>
<p>We have also deployed Provincial Reconstruction Teams to ensure security gains are followed by real improvements in daily life, and we have helped local communities strengthen their economies and create jobs, deliver basic services, improve governance and fight corruption, and build or repair key infrastructure such as roads, bridges, hospitals, and schools. More than six million children, approximately two million of them girls, are now in Afghan schools, compared to fewer than one million in 2001.</p>
<p>In this Global War on Terror, we do not have the luxury to fight on one battlefront at a time. To defeat the terrorists, we must fight them overseas so we don&#8217;t have to fight them here at home. Since 9/11, we have successfully captured or killed dozens of al-Qaeda&#8217;s senior leadership and hundreds of al-Qaeda operatives in two dozen countries, removed al-Qaeda&#8217;s safe-haven in Afghanistan and crippled al-Qaeda in Iraq, and disrupted numerous al Qaeda terrorist plots against the U.S., including a 2006 plot to blow up passenger planes traveling from London.</p>
<p><strong>Myth 5:  This Administration has been bad for the environment and ignored the problem of global warming.</strong></p>
<p><strong>Reality:</strong></p>
<p>Given the liberal media&#8217;s failure to acknowledge this Administration&#8217;s true record on alternative energy, conservation, and climate change, it&#8217;s not surprising this charge has stuck. But here are some irrefutable data points: From 2001 to 2007, air pollution decreased by 12 percent, and fine particulate matter pollution is down 17 percent since 2001. Ethanol production quadrupled from 1.6 billion gallons in 2000 to 6.5 billion gallons in 2007, wind energy production has increased by more than 400 percent, and solar energy capacity has doubled. In 2007, solar installations increased more than 32 percent and the U.S. produced 96 percent more biodiesel (490 million gallons) than in 2006. The Administration also provided nearly $18 billion to research, develop, and promote alternative and more efficient energy technologies such as biofuels, solar, wind, clean coal, nuclear, and hydrogen.</p>
<p>This Administration has improved and protected the health of more than 27 million acres of Federal forest and grasslands, protected, restored, and improved more than three million acres of wetlands, and established the Papahānaumokuākea Marine National Monument, the world&#8217;s largest fully protected marine conservation area (nearly 140,000 square miles).</p>
<p>Much of the misperception about the President&#8217;s environmental record is born out of the President&#8217;s withdrawing the United States from the Kyoto Protocol, which did not include the effective participation of major developing countries such as India and China. Instead, the President worked to address climate change by launching the Major Economies Process, which convened the leaders of the world&#8217;s major economies, both developed and developing, to work on ways to further reduce greenhouse gas emissions and improve energy security without harming our economies or giving any nation a free ride. Finally, the President set the country on course to stop the growth of greenhouse gas emissions below projected levels by 2025 and invested more than $44 billion in climate change-related programs.</p>
<p>Some other items that are infrequently mentioned about the real record of the Bush Administration but are worth noting: Teenage drug use has declined 25 percent; in 2007, the violent crime rate was 43 percent lower than the rate in 1998; between 2005 and 2007, the chronically homeless population decreased approximately 30 percent; funding for veterans&#8217; medical care has increased more than 115 percent; and as of 2005, the most recent abortion rate is at its lowest since 1974.</p>
<p>And one last fact: Our homeland has not suffered another terrorist attack since September 11, 2001. That, too, is part of the real Bush record.</p>
<p>More on RCP: <a href="http://www.realclearpolitics.com/energy/">Gas Prices Shouldn&#8217;t Set Our Energy Policy</a></p>
<div id="article-author">Ed Gillespie is the Counselor to President George W. Bush.</div>
<div id="article-footer"></div>
<p><strong>Page Printed from: http://www.realclearpolitics.com/articles/2008/12/myths_and_facts_about_the_real.html</strong> at December  22, 2008 &#8211; 04:44:29 AM</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/12/22/winter-break-wk2-myths-and-facts-about-the-real-bush-record/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Winter Break WK #1:  &#8220;Why History Can&#8217;t Wait&#8221;</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/12/18/winter-break-wk-1-why-history-cant-wait/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/12/18/winter-break-wk-1-why-history-cant-wait/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 18 Dec 2008 14:16:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[2008 Election]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Economics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Health Care]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Institutions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War in Iraq]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=810</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Tuesday, Dec. 16, 2008
By David Von Drehle
You probably sat in a fancier conference room the last time you refinanced or heard a pitch about life insurance. There&#8217;s a table, some off-brand mesh office chairs, a bookcase that looks as if it had been put together with an Allen wrench and instructions in Swedish.
To reach this [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div id="date2"><strong><em>Tuesday, Dec. 16, 2008</em></strong></div>
<div class="byline"><strong><em>By David Von Drehle</em></strong></div>
<p>You probably sat in a fancier conference room the last time you refinanced or heard a pitch about life insurance. There&#8217;s a table, some off-brand mesh office chairs, a bookcase that looks as if it had been put together with an Allen wrench and instructions in Swedish.</p>
<p>To reach this room, you pass through a cubicle farm lightly populated by quiet young people. Either they have just arrived or they are just leaving, because their desks are almost bare. The place has a vaguely familiar feel to it, this air of transient shabbiness and nondescriptitude. You can&#8217;t quite put your finger on it &#8230;</p>
<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s like the set of <em>The Office</em>,&#8221; someone offers.</p>
<p>Bingo.</p>
<p>It is here that we find Barack Obama one soul-freezingly cold December day, mentally unpacking the crate of crushing problems — some old, some new, all ugly — that he is about to inherit as the 44th President of the United States. Most of his hours inside the presidential-transition office are spent in this bland and bare-bones room. You would think the President-elect — a guy who draws 100,000 people to a speech in St. Louis, Mo., who raises three-quarters of a billion dollars, who is facing the toughest first year since Franklin Roosevelt&#8217;s — might merit a leather chair. Maybe a credenza? A hutch?</p>
<p>But he doesn&#8217;t seem to notice. Obama is cheerfully showing his visitors around, gripping the souvenir basketball he received from Hall of Famer Lenny Wilkens, explaining a snapshot taken the day he played pickup with the University of North Carolina hoops team. (&#8221;They are so big and so fast and so strong, you know.&#8221;) Then, since those two items basically exhaust the room&#8217;s décor, Obama sits down on one of the mesh chairs and launches into a spoken tour of his world of woes. It&#8217;s a mind-boggling journey, although he shows no signs of being boggled — unless you count the increasingly prevalent salt in his salt-and-pepper hair. By now we are all accustomed to that Obi-Wan Kenobi calm, though we may never entirely understand it. In a soothing monotone, he highlights the scariest hairpin turns on his itinerary, the ones that combine difficulty with danger plus a jolt of existential risk. (<a href="http://www.time.com/time/photogallery/0,29307,1866753,00.html" target="_new"><span style="color: #003366;">See pictures of the Civil Rights movement from Emmett Till to Barack Obama.</span></a>)</p>
<p>&#8220;It is not clear that the economy&#8217;s bottomed out,&#8221; he begins, understatedly. (The morning newspaper trumpets the worst unemployment spike in more than 30 years.) &#8220;And so even if we take a whole host of the right steps in terms of the economy, two years from now it may not have fully recovered.&#8221; That worries him. Also Afghanistan: &#8220;We&#8217;re going to have to make a series of not just military but also diplomatic moves that fully enlist Pakistan as an ally in that region, that lessen tensions between India and Pakistan, and then get everybody focused on rooting out militancy in a terrain, a territory, that is very tough — and in an enormous country that is one of the poorest and least developed in the world. So that, I think, is going to be a very tough situation.</p>
<p>&#8220;And then the third thing that keeps me up at night is the issue of nuclear proliferation,&#8221; Obama continues, sailing on through the horribles. &#8220;And then the final thing, just to round out my Happy List, is climate change. All the indicators are that this is happening faster than even the most pessimistic scientists were anticipating a couple of years ago.&#8221;</p>
<p>Score that as follows: one imploding economy, one deteriorating war in an impossible region and two versions of Armageddon — the bang of loose nukes and the whimper of environmental collapse. That&#8217;s just for starters; we&#8217;ll hear the unabridged version shortly.</p>
<p>But first, there is a bit of business to be dealt with, having to do with why you are reading this story in this magazine at this time of the year. It&#8217;s unlikely that you were surprised to see <a href="http://www.time.com/time/specials/2008/personoftheyear" target="_new"><span style="color: #003366;">Obama&#8217;s face on the cover.</span></a> He has come to dominate the public sphere so completely that it beggars belief to recall that half the people in America had never heard of him two years ago — that even his campaign manager, at the outset, wasn&#8217;t sure Obama had what it would take to win the election. He hit the American scene like a thunderclap, upended our politics, shattered decades of conventional wisdom and overcame centuries of the social pecking order. Understandably, you may be thinking Obama is on the cover for these big and flashy reasons: for ushering the country across a momentous symbolic line, for infusing our democracy with a new intensity of participation, for showing the world and ourselves that our most cherished myth — the one about boundless opportunity — has plenty of juice left in it.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.time.com/time/photogallery/0,29307,1866257_1814250,00.html" target="_new"><span style="color: #003366;">See pictures of Obama&#8217;s nation of hope.</span></a></p>
<p><a href="http://www.time.com/time/photogallery/0,29307,1866765,00.html" target="_new"><span style="color: #003366;">See pictures of Obama&#8217;s college years.</span></a></p>
<p><!--pagebreak-->But crisis has a way of ushering even great events into the past. As Obama has moved with unprecedented speed to build an Administration that would bolster the confidence of a shaken world, his flash and dazzle have faded into the background. In the waning days of his extraordinary year and on the cusp of his presidency, what now seems most salient about Obama is the opposite of flashy, the antithesis of rhetoric: he gets things done. He is a man about his business — a Mr. Fix It going to Washington. That&#8217;s why he&#8217;s here and why he doesn&#8217;t care about the furniture. We&#8217;ve heard fine speechmakers before and read compelling personal narratives. We&#8217;ve observed candidates who somehow latch on to just the right issue at just the right moment. Obama was all these when he started his campaign: a talented speaker who had opposed the Iraq war and lived a biography that was all things to all people. But while events undermined those pillars of his candidacy, making Iraq seem less urgent and biography less relevant, Obama has kept on rising. He possesses a rare ability to read the imperatives and possibilities of each new moment and organize himself and others to anticipate change and translate it into opportunity. (<a href="http://www.time.com/time/photogallery/0,29307,1866257_1814250,00.html" target="_new"><span style="color: #003366;">See pictures of Obama&#8217;s nation of hope.</span></a>)</p>
<p>The real story of Obama&#8217;s year is the steady march of seemingly impossible accomplishments: beating the Clinton machine, organizing previously marginal voters, harnessing the new technologies of democratic engagement, shattering fundraising records, turning previously red states blue — and then waking up the day after his victory to reinvent the presidential-transition process in the face of a potentially dangerous vacuum of leadership. &#8220;We always did our best up on the high wire,&#8221; says his campaign manager, David Plouffe.</p>
<p>Obama&#8217;s competence fills him with a genuine self-confidence. &#8220;I&#8217;ve got a pretty healthy ego,&#8221; he allows. That&#8217;s clear when <a href="http://www.time.com/time/specials/2008/personoftheyear/article/0,31682,1861543_1865068_1865069,00.html" target="_new"><span style="color: #003366;">he offers a checklist for voters to use in judging his performance</span></a> two years from now. It&#8217;s quite an agenda. Listen: &#8220;Have we helped this economy recover from what is the worst financial crisis since the Great Depression? Have we instituted financial regulations and rules of the road that assure this kind of crisis doesn&#8217;t occur again? Have we created jobs that pay well and allow families to support themselves? Have we made significant progress on reducing the cost of health care and expanding coverage? Have we begun what will probably be a decade-long project to shift America to a new energy economy? Have we begun what may be an even longer project of revitalizing our public-school systems?&#8221;</p>
<p>There&#8217;s more: &#8220;Have we closed down Guantánamo in a responsible way, put a clear end to torture and restored a balance between the demands of our security and our Constitution? Have we rebuilt alliances around the world effectively? Have I drawn down U.S. troops out of Iraq, and have we strengthened our approach in Afghanistan — not just militarily but also diplomatically and in terms of development? And have we been able to reinvigorate international institutions to deal with transnational threats, like climate change, that we can&#8217;t solve on our own?&#8221;</p>
<p>And: &#8220;Outside of specific policy measures, two years from now, I want the American people to be able to say, &#8216;Government&#8217;s not perfect; there are some things Obama does that get on my nerves. But you know what? I feel like the government&#8217;s working for me. I feel like it&#8217;s accountable. I feel like it&#8217;s transparent. I feel that I am well informed about what government actions are being taken. I feel that this is a President and an Administration that admits when it makes mistakes and adapts itself to new information.&#8217;&#8221;</p>
<p>Can he really achieve all that? Plenty of voters will be happy if he aces only Item 1 on his list. But the essence of both Obama&#8217;s strength and his promise is that, according to a recent poll, a strong majority of Americans believe he will accomplish most of what he aims to do. For having the confidence to sketch that kind of future in this gloomy hour and for showing the competence that makes Americans hopeful that he will pull it off, Barack Obama is Time&#8217;s Person of the Year for 2008.</p>
<p><strong>I. Simple Competence</strong><br />
In some tellings, Obama&#8217;s journey to the white house started with his little-noticed but carefully nuanced speech against the Iraq war in 2002. In other versions, it began with his electrifying address to the Democratic Convention in 2004. Those moments blazed with potential, true, but something more was necessary: a certain appetite among the electorate. The country had to be hungry for the menu he offered, and in that sense, his path&#8217;s true beginning lay in the drowned precincts of New Orleans in the sweltering, desperate late summer of 2005.</p>
<p>Hurricane Katrina blew away the last gauzy veil from an ugly specter of executive incompetence in American politics. When the people of New Orleans needed leadership, the Republican Administration in Washington proved useless. The Democratic governor and mayor were pitiful. At long last, our government was united — but under an appalling banner of fecklessness. The moral bankruptcy of the spin doctors was laid bare: no soul remained gullible enough to believe that Brownie was doing a heckuva job.</p>
<p>After Katrina, demand collapsed for the very qualities that Obama lacked as a candidate: empty boasts, finger-pointing, backstabbing and years of experience inside a government that couldn&#8217;t deliver bottled water to the stranded citizens of a major U.S. city. Spare us the dead-or-alive bravado, the gates-of-hell bluster, the melodrama of the 3 a.m. phone call. A door swung open for a candidate who would merely stand and deliver. Simple competence — although there&#8217;s nothing simple about it, not in today&#8217;s intricate, interdependent, interwoven, intensely dangerous world.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.time.com/time/photogallery/0,29307,1855131_1793112,00.html" target="_new"><span style="color: #003366;">See pictures of Barack Obama&#8217;s campaign behind the scenes.</span></a></p>
<p><a href="http://www.time.com/time/photogallery/0,29307,1866936,00.html" target="_new"><span style="color: #003366;">See pictures of Obama on Flickr.</span></a></p>
<p><!--pagebreak--><a href="http://www.time.com/time/politics/article/0,8599,1856914,00.html" target="_new"><span style="color: #003366;">His official theme was change</span></a>, but a specific kind of change: the nuts-and-bolts kind you can see and measure. Voters were invited to believe because Obama kept delivering the goods. Certainly he made mistakes and gave up on some ideas while doubling back on others — his promise to stick to the existing campaign-finance system, for example. On the whole, though, he was a doer. Obama told people that a black man could win white votes. In Iowa he proved it. He said a broad-gauge campaign could win in GOP strongholds; along came Indiana and Virginia and North Carolina. He declared that a new approach to politics would topple the old Clinton-Bush seesaw, and topple it he did. He sank the three-pointer with the cameras rolling. Made a speech in a football stadium feel intimate. Some might say these are not exactly Churchillian achievements, but in the land of the hapless, the competent man is king. In the end, his campaign e-mail list numbered some 13 million people, of whom more than 3.5 million put actual skin in the game — money, volunteer hours or both. Obama&#8217;s most formidable opponent, Hillary Clinton, tried to convince voters that he was all talk and no action, a vessel empty but for intoxicating fumes. Yet he was the one whose campaign ran like clockwork, while hers was a fratricidal mess. And by Nov. 4, the strongest party in the U.S. was no longer the Republican Party or the Democratic Party; it was the Obama Party.</p>
<p><strong>II. Filling the Vacuum</strong><br />
&#8220;A presidential campaign is like an MRI of the soul,&#8221; says David Axelrod, Obama&#8217;s chief strategist. &#8220;And one of the great revelations of this process, certainly the most thrilling revelation to me, was to learn what a great manager this guy is. We had no way of knowing that when we started. When he decided to run, we had no political infrastructure at all. There was just a handful of us, and we were setting off to challenge the greatest political operation in the Democratic Party.&#8221;</p>
<p>Keep in mind that Obama, as Rudy Giuliani put it at the Republican Convention in September, had &#8220;never led anything, nothing, nada&#8221; — certainly not a sprawling organization spread from coast to coast. But he did have a philosophy of leadership, which he explains like this: &#8220;I don&#8217;t think there&#8217;s some magic trick here. I think I&#8217;ve got a good nose for talent, so I hire really good people. And I&#8217;ve got a pretty healthy ego, so I&#8217;m not scared of hiring the smartest people, even when they&#8217;re smarter than me. And I have a low tolerance of nonsense and turf battles and game-playing, and I send that message very clearly. And so over time, I think, people start trusting each other, and they stay focused on mission, as opposed to personal ambition or grievance. If you&#8217;ve got really smart people who are all focused on the same mission, then usually you can get some things done.&#8221;</p>
<p>Stop and look back at those last few words, because they are a telltale sign of Obama&#8217;s pragmatism. A persistent question during the campaign — it became the heart of John McCain&#8217;s message in the closing weeks — was whether Obama was some kind of radical, a terrorist-befriending socialist masquerading as Steady Freddy. As he builds his Administration, though, he is emerging as a leader who just wants to &#8220;get some things done.&#8221; (<a href="http://www.time.com/time/nation/article/0,8599,1858771,00.html" target="_new"><span style="color: #003366;">Read &#8220;The New Liberal Order.&#8221;</span></a>)</p>
<p>Obama is a businesslike boss. He prefers briefing papers tightly written and shows up for meetings fully prepared. He expects people to challenge him when they think he is wrong and to back up their ideas with facts. He&#8217;s not a shouter — &#8220;Hollering at people isn&#8217;t usually that effective,&#8221; he explains — but if he thinks you&#8217;ve let him down, you&#8217;ll know it. &#8220;What was always effective with me as a kid — and Michelle and I find it effective with our kids — is just making people feel really guilty,&#8221; he says. &#8220;Like &#8216;Boy, I am disappointed in you. I expected so much more.&#8217; And I think people generally want to do the right thing, and if you&#8217;re clear to them about what that right thing is, and if they see you doing the right thing, then that gives you some leverage.&#8221;</p>
<p>Again, take a second to reread, this time the bit where he says &#8220;people generally want to do the right thing.&#8221; Trust of this kind has been in short supply for many years in American politics, where the dominant attitude is that every disagreement is a sign of bad faith and every opponent is assumed to be malevolent. Obama&#8217;s attitude was ridiculed as kumbaya naiveté during the campaign, but trust proved to be essential to his victory. His campaign entrusted millions of volunteers with unprecedented authority to download information about prospective voters, to assign themselves to make phone calls and canvass their own neighborhoods and apartment buildings, and to keep the campaign abreast of their progress. A typical presidential effort is top-down, intensely protective of its data and strategies. Obama&#8217;s approach seemed to court mischief or even chaos. &#8220;There was a lot of snickering among the political pros,&#8221; says Plouffe. &#8220;They couldn&#8217;t believe that we were giving people we didn&#8217;t know access to our data and trusting them to handle it honestly. But it was enormously important because it made people feel that much more accountable: &#8216;These are my three blocks, and everyone&#8217;s counting on me.&#8217;&#8221;</p>
<p><a href="http://www.time.com/time/photogallery/0,29307,1866936,00.html" target="_new"><span style="color: #003366;">See pictures of Obama on Flickr.</span></a></p>
<p><a href="http://www.time.com/time/2008/six_degrees/" target="_new"><span style="color: #003366;">See the Six Degrees of Barack Obama.</span></a></p>
<p><!--pagebreak-->Yes, Obama could talk — like nobody&#8217;s business — but talk didn&#8217;t win the election. According to the daily tracking polls, the tumblers clicked into place precisely at the moment the financial hurricane hit, when the wizards of Wall Street proved as incompetent as Oz and neither the President nor the leaders of Congress nor the Treasury boss nor Senator McCain could deliver a rescue package. When this group failure provoked a stock-market crash in early October, Americans asked, &#8220;Can&#8217;t anybody here play this game?&#8221; Astounding as it would have seemed scant months before, their gaze fell on the one fixed point in the widening gyre: a guy named Barack Hussein Obama. (<a href="http://www.time.com/time/photogallery/0,29307,1834628_1754174,00.html" target="_new"><span style="color: #003366;">See pictures of Barack Obama&#8217;s family tree.</span></a>)</p>
<p><strong>III. Fear Itself</strong><br />
As White House Chief of Staff during the final years of the Clinton Administration, John Podesta became accustomed to short nights and emotional roller coasters. Still, he found it a bit strange to be headed to the airport in the predawn darkness of Nov. 5 — just a few hours after the election of a Democratic President. Was Obama really going to chair a major strategy session the morning after winning the longest and most grueling campaign on record? How about a day off?</p>
<p>Long before Election Day, Obama decided that an ordinary transition wouldn&#8217;t do. Given the shaky economy and two wars, he knew that the winner of the election — whoever it turned out to be — would face instant and daunting challenges. He wanted to be ready. &#8220;What I was absolutely convinced of was that, whether it was me or John McCain, the next President-elect was going to have to move swiftly,&#8221; Obama recalls. He deployed Podesta in midsummer to lead an unusually elaborate preparation for a possible Obama presidency. McCain accused him of overconfidence and vanity, of measuring the Oval Office drapes. To Obama, it was simply a matter of prudence. (<a href="http://www.time.com/time/photogallery/0,29307,1856280_1792737,00.html" target="_new"><span style="color: #003366;">See pictures from the historic Election Day.</span></a>)</p>
<p>Podesta had long been planning the return of a Democrat to the White House, and his think tank, the Center for American Progress, was already preparing detailed briefings on conditions in the various departments of government. As the financial system went into free fall in September, Podesta&#8217;s team pressed the FBI to work overtime on security screenings of potential Obama nominees. Now, as he boarded a 6 a.m. flight to Chicago, Podesta carried a list of more than 100 candidates who had passed their background investigations and were ready for confirmation on Day One. Instead of taking a day off, the new President-elect celebrated his victory with a five-hour meeting.</p>
<p>Obama had been pondering whether he should step to center stage or wait in the wings as the turbulent last months of the Bush Administration played out. His aides were all over the map. Some advised him to go quietly about his business in Chicago and insist that America has just one President at a time. For Obama to succeed, they argued, the country needed to see his Inauguration as a clean break, a new sunrise. Others floated the idea of immediately starting the First Hundred Days, perhaps asking George W. Bush to appoint Obama&#8217;s choices to key offices so that they could get to work by late November.</p>
<p>Obama was leery of appearing to shoulder responsibility for problems before he had any real authority to fix them. Bush&#8217;s bank of political capital was busted, and Obama wasn&#8217;t about to take ownership of the toxic assets. On the other hand, he didn&#8217;t want to repeat the dysfunctional transition of power from Herbert Hoover to Roosevelt in the dark hours of the Great Depression. F.D.R.&#8217;s silence between his election and his Inauguration may have deepened the crisis. By 5 p.m. on Nov. 5, when Podesta walked out of that meeting — not 24 hours after the polls closed — Obama was far ahead of the normal transition process, <a href="http://www.time.com/time/specials/packages/article/0,28804,1863062_1863058,00.html" target="_new"><span style="color: #003366;">having homed in on finalists for many of his key staff and Cabinet positions.</span></a> But he hadn&#8217;t yet decided how public to be about it.</p>
<p>Within two days, however, events forced his hand. On Friday, Nov. 7, Obama convened a meeting of his economic advisers in Chicago, and the tone of their comments was chilling. The stock market was plunging; credit remained tight; fresh unemployment numbers were shocking. &#8220;There was just a very dramatic deterioration&#8221; in the days after the election, says Timothy Geithner, Obama&#8217;s choice for Treasury Secretary. On previous occasions when the group had gathered, someone could always be counted on to find potential upsides in dismal forecasts, while Paul Volcker, the 81-year-old former chairman of the Federal Reserve, reliably closed each meeting with a gloomy soliloquy. On this day, though, there was no positive scenario for Volcker to deflate. Everyone in the room was grim.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.time.com/time/photogallery/0,29307,1845923_1774401,00.html" target="_new"><span style="color: #003366;">See pictures of the global financial crisis.</span></a></p>
<p><a href="http://www.time.com/time/photogallery/0,29307,1866257_1814250,00.html" target="_new"><span style="color: #003366;">See pictures of Obama&#8217;s nation of hope.</span></a></p>
<p><!--pagebreak-->Obama opened the meeting by reflecting on his dilemma: act now or wait until January? By the end of the session, he had concluded that, like it or not, he must &#8220;accelerate all of our timetables,&#8221; as he put it, &#8220;in appointments not just on the Cabinet but also our White House team, in structuring economic plans so that we can start getting them to Congress and hopefully begin work — even before I&#8217;m sworn in — on some of our key priorities around the economy, on laying the groundwork for a national-security team that can take the baton in a wartime transition.&#8221; There was no time for the &#8220;traditional postelection holiday.&#8221; Vacations would have to wait until Christmas.</p>
<p>Transition is such a gentle word. We make the transition from youth to adulthood or from the dinner table to the den. For Obama, though, <a href="http://www.time.com/time/nation/article/0,8599,1858701,00.html" target="_new"><span style="color: #003366;">the concept was freighted with danger.</span></a> &#8220;He was very focused on the basic perils of the gap between the election and the Inauguration, at a time when the economy was clearly deteriorating and the markets were very fragile,&#8221; Geithner explains. In certain powerful respects, Obama felt compelled to begin his presidency immediately. Markets needed to size up his economic team and hear what he planned to do. Congressional leaders, contemplating a colossal economic-stimulus package, needed to know where he was headed. Military leaders, key allies and opportunistic enemies were all keen to know just how dovish the anti-Iraq-war President intended to be. Obama concluded that hanging back would create a dangerous leadership void in the short-term and compound his troubles come January. And nothing that has happened since that Nov. 7 decision — the crisis at Citigroup, the drama of the automakers or the assault on Mumbai — has made the transfer of power look any less perilous.</p>
<p>He could not have predicted when he set out to become President that he would face such circumstances. The distance from the birth of his campaign to these first days of his fledgling presidency could be counted in months but measured in light-years. When he announced his candidacy on a frigid morning in Springfield, Ill., in 2007, Iraq was a disaster, and the Dow was still headed upward past 14,000. So this moment was a test not only of his speed but also of his flexibility. Obama proved lithe, indeed, persuading Robert Gates, Bush&#8217;s Secretary of Defense, to remain in his post and asking Clinton, a constant critic of Obama&#8217;s foreign policy views during their primary battle, to be his Secretary of State. Priority 1 was the economic team, however. There his task was to find a mix of people familiar enough to signal stability but fresh enough to promise change, and to design a stimulus strategy dramatic enough to inspire markets to swallow their panic. (<a href="http://www.time.com/time/specials/packages/article/0,28804,1863062_1863058,00.html" target="_new"><span style="color: #003366;">See pictures of Obama&#8217;s White House team.</span></a>)</p>
<p>In the days leading up to Thanksgiving, Obama delivered. Having promised to govern from the middle, he rolled out a bright purple team of economic advisers, neither red nor blue. Geithner had served in various posts under both Bush and Bill Clinton. As president of the New York Fed, he was well known to Wall Street but relatively unknown on Main Street — just the blend of experience and newness that Obama was seeking. His budget director, Peter Orszag, had fans across the political spectrum, and his in-house oracle, Volcker, was a Democrat who fought inflation alongside Ronald Reagan. Larry Summers, named to run the economics team from the White House, was a Clinton stalwart.</p>
<p>Unveiling these and other picks at a series of daily press conferences, Obama assured the public that he wanted to move fast, so fast that trainloads of money might be ready for him to dispatch across the country with a stroke of his pen on Inauguration Day. The idea of another wave of spending horrifies America&#8217;s surviving conservatives, but most economists support it — some with enthusiasm, some with resignation. Obama realized that the stimulus package could be a vehicle for launching his broad domestic agenda. His ambitious campaign promises — to reform health care, cut taxes for low- and moderate-income earners and steer the U.S. toward a new energy economy — had seemed doomed by the yawning budget deficit (some $200 billion a month, according to the latest projections). But call these projects &#8220;stimulus,&#8221; and suddenly a ship headed for the reef of economic disaster might sail through Congress flying the flag of economic recovery. With even Republican economists talking about hundreds of billions in new spending, the sky&#8217;s the limit. A dream of health-care reformers — electronic medical records — is now economic stimulus because Obama will pour money into hospitals for computers and clerical workers. His tax cut is stimulus because it puts spending money in the pockets of working Americans. His pledge to repair the nation&#8217;s infrastructure is a stimulus plan for construction workers, while his energy strategy is stimulus for the people who will modernize government buildings, update public schools and improve the electrical grid.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.time.com/time/photogallery/0,29307,1866257_1814250,00.html" target="_new"><span style="color: #003366;">See pictures of Obama&#8217;s nation of hope.</span></a></p>
<p><a href="http://www.time.com/time/photogallery/0,29307,1866765,00.html" target="_new"><span style="color: #003366;">See pictures of Obama&#8217;s college years.</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><!--pagebreak-->Of course, the bullet points are easy to list; far harder is the task of spending vast sums — perhaps $1 trillion over two years — efficiently, effectively and quickly enough to spur the economy. Washington&#8217;s three goblins — waste, fraud and abuse — are watching with hungry eyes. Obama has cast Orszag as a flinty keeper of the purse strings, but he has no intention of letting his opportunity go by. &#8220;I don&#8217;t think that Americans want hubris from their next President,&#8221; Obama says, noting that McCain received nearly 47% of the vote last month. However, &#8220;I do think that we received a strong mandate for change. And I know that people have said, &#8216;Well, what does this change word mean? You know that it&#8217;s sort of ill defined.&#8217; Actually, we defined it pretty precisely during the campaign, and I&#8217;m trying to define it further for people during this transition,&#8221; he says. &#8220;It means a government that is not ideologically driven. It means a government that is competent. It means a government, most importantly, that is focused day in, day out on the needs and struggles, the hopes and dreams of ordinary people.&#8221;</p>
<p><strong>IV. Into the Breach</strong><br />
More than 75 years ago, a new president took the oath of office amid economic catastrophe and admonished the nation that &#8220;the only thing we have to fear is fear itself.&#8221; Today generations of Americans are experiencing a harsh tutorial in the true meaning of that resonant diagnosis. <strong><em>Fear is kryptonite to the economy, which cannot operate efficiently without broad and well-founded confidence</em></strong> — that wise investments will gain value, that balance sheets mean what they say, that contracts will be honored and bills paid.</p>
<p>The events of the past autumn produced the sharpest drop in consumer confidence ever recorded, and a similar wave of fear cratered credit markets. Obama notes the very real structural flaws in the economy, but he is also aware of the role that fear plays. &#8220;Nobody trusts other people&#8217;s books anymore. And people decide, &#8216;Well, I&#8217;m just going to hold on to my cash for a while,&#8217;&#8221; he explains. &#8220;And that compounds the crisis. And all that results in a contraction in lending, in consumer spending, which then has a real impact on Main Street. And so what starts off as psychological is now very real.&#8221;</p>
<p>Just like our banks and our carmakers, America&#8217;s shattered confidence is in serious need of a bailout. And the thing about competence is that it nourishes fresh confidence. &#8220;Yes, we can&#8221; is both an affirmation of optimism and the essential claim of the competent. When the slogan is rooted in a record of accomplishment — when tomorrow&#8217;s yes-we-can is backed up by yesterday&#8217;s yes-we-did — confidence and competence begin to feed on each other. This virtuous cycle of possibility isn&#8217;t the whole of leadership, but it is an important part and perhaps the element most needed in today&#8217;s sea of troubles. (<a href="http://www.time.com/time/photogallery/0,29307,1866257_1814250,00.html" target="_new"><span style="color: #003366;">See pictures of Obama&#8217;s nation of hope.</span></a>)</p>
<p>After the election, veteran Democratic pollster Peter Hart convened one last focus group to ask Virginia voters why a state that gave Bush an 8-point victory four years ago chose Obama by 6 points this time. Their responses clustered around the crucial connection between competence and confidence. They told Hart they were drawn to Obama&#8217;s self-assured and calming personality. They felt he was &#8220;honest,&#8221; a &#8220;straight shooter&#8221; — in other words, a person who does what he says he will do. Their confidence in Obama wasn&#8217;t starry-eyed; they hadn&#8217;t been swept away by his stadium speeches. They saw a man who can get some things done, at a time when so many of their leaders, from Pennsylvania Avenue to Wall Street, cannot. He made moderates feel hopeful, and even among many core Republicans who did not ultimately vote for him, Obama inspired admiration. Viewing these comments through the results of his national surveys, Hart discerned a surge of good feeling that he had not seen in a generation: &#8220;a sense of real hope,&#8221; he says, &#8220;and the kind of broad bipartisan support that has not been in evidence since the 1980 Reagan election.&#8221;</p>
<p>Obama has begun to turn his thoughts to his Inaugural Address. According to strategist Axelrod, he is looking for the right mixture of bracing and boost in a speech that will be &#8220;both sober and hopeful.&#8221; He may signal a new day by announcing a plan to stem the foreclosure crisis, which aides say is in the works. As the gray Chicago sky frowns outside his conference-room window, Obama rehearses his message. Americans &#8220;should anticipate that 2009 is going to be a tough year,&#8221; he says. Then he adds, &#8220;If we make some good choices, I&#8217;m confident that we can limit some of the damage in 2009. And that in 2010 we can start seeing an upward trajectory on the economy.&#8221;</p>
<p>A few days after this interview, Illinois Governor Rod Blagojevich reminded the country that some aspects of politics will never change. Government is a human enterprise, after all, and Obama, like everyone else, is bound by its limits and subject to human frailty. Nevertheless, if he has shown anything this year, Obama has made it clear that he knows how to write new playbooks and do things in new ways. Which is a compelling quality right now. His arrival on the scene feels like a step into the next century — his genome is global, his mind is innovative, his world is networked, and his spirit is democratic. Perhaps it takes a new face to see the promise in a future that now looks dark. What&#8217;s in store for Obama&#8217;s America? &#8220;I don&#8217;t have a crystal ball,&#8221; he says. But the measure of his success in menacing times can be found in the number and variety of people who consider the question with eagerness alongside their dread.</p>
<p>—<em>David Von Drehle with reporting by Massimo Calabresi and Michael Duffy / Washington</em></p>
<p><a href="http://www.time.com/time/photogallery/0,29307,1866765,00.html" target="_new"><span style="color: #003366;">See pictures of Obama&#8217;s college years.</span></a></p>
<p><a href="http://www.time.com/time/photogallery/0,29307,1866753,00.html" target="_new"><span style="color: #003366;">See pictures of the Civil Rights movement from Emmett Till to Barack Obama.</span></a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/12/18/winter-break-wk-1-why-history-cant-wait/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>3</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #15:  &#8220;Sept. 11 suspects offer to plead guilty&#8221;</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/12/09/ce-week-15-sept-11-suspects-offer-to-plead-guilty/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/12/09/ce-week-15-sept-11-suspects-offer-to-plead-guilty/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 10 Dec 2008 01:12:43 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[2008 Election]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Crime]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=800</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Trial judge  postpones pleas








Mohammed 








Carol Rosenberg 
McClatchy
December 9, 2008
 GUANTANAMO BAY NAVAL BASE, Cuba – Confessed al-Qaida kingpin Khalid Sheikh Mohammed and his four accused co-plotters offered Monday to plead guilty to orchestrating the Sept. 11, 2001, terrorist attacks, a move that could leave President-elect Barack Obama to decide whether to execute them.
The surprise [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h4 class="deck">Trial judge  postpones pleas</h4>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="210" align="right">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="storyinset" align="right">
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="200">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><img src="http://www.spokesmanreview.com/stories/2008/dec/9/cit9_gitmo_12-09-2008_TVESQ61.jpg" border="1" alt="" width="198" /></p>
<p class="caption">Mohammed <!-- cit9_gitmo_12-09-2008_TVESQ61.jpg--></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p class="byline"><span class="name"><a href="http://www.spokesmanreview.com/news/bylines.asp?bylinename=Carol%20Rosenberg">Carol Rosenberg </a></span><br />
McClatchy<br />
December 9, 2008</p>
<p><!--   -Code for Big Ads        ---> <!--   -End Code for Big Ads        --->GUANTANAMO BAY NAVAL BASE, Cuba – Confessed al-Qaida kingpin Khalid Sheikh Mohammed and his four accused co-plotters offered Monday to plead guilty to orchestrating the Sept. 11, 2001, terrorist attacks, a move that could leave President-elect Barack Obama to decide whether to execute them.</p>
<p>The surprise turnabout came in what was meant to be a routine pretrial hearing.</p>
<p>The Pentagon seeks the death penalty for all five men. And the trial judge postponed any pleas until lawyers sort out two key issues at the first U.S. war crimes tribunals since World War II: whether two of the five men are mentally competent to join the others in admitting to their roles in the worst terrorist attacks on U.S. soil; and whether the 2006 act of Congress that created the war court allows accused terrorists charged in a capital case to submit guilty pleas, without a jury of at least 12 U.S. military officers present to hear them and the evidence.</p>
<p>Victims of the Sept. 11 attacks, among five the Pentagon sponsored to observe the hearings, offered opposing views on the prospect of executions.</p>
<p>&#8220;If there ever was a case that warranted the death penalty, this is the one,&#8221; declared Hamilton Peterson, who lost his parents aboard United Airlines Flight 93.</p>
<table border="0" align="left">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>&#8220;They do not deserve the glory of execution,&#8221; said Alice Hoagland, whose son Mark Bingham died on the same flight, struggling with the hijackers to crash the airliner in a Pennsylvania field.</p>
<p>&#8220;We should ensure that these dreadful people live out their lives in an American prison, totally under the control of the people they profess to hate,&#8221; she added.</p>
<p>The defendants made no explicit mention of the death penalty, or &#8220;martyrdom&#8221; as Mohammed calls it, in an appearance before the tribunal judge, Army Col. Stephen Henley.</p>
<p>Instead, the judge asked each man whether he wanted to waive his right to challenge the charges, and whether he believed prosecutors could prove his guilt &#8220;beyond a reasonable doubt.&#8221;</p>
<p>&#8220;I understand,&#8221; Mohammed replied, going first. &#8220;I hope that you will assign a proceeding in the near future, as fast as possible, to get over with this play.&#8221;</p>
<p>Mohammed earlier had declared his distrust of the system and said he would not distinguish among any of the Americans staging the trial – from judge and defense attorney to President George W. Bush and &#8220;the CIA, who tortured me.&#8221;</p>
<p>The spy agency has confirmed it waterboarded Mohammed into confessing to plotting a worldwide string of terror, before his transfer to the prison camps here two years ago.</p>
<p>Added Yemeni Ramzi Binalshibh, accused of helping the Hamburg, Germany, suicide squad: &#8220;We the brothers, all of us, we would like to submit our confession.&#8221;</p>
<p>Nothing will happen soon. The judge instructed prosecutors to research and write a brief on whether the legislation that created the war court envisioned letting an accused plead guilty in a death penalty case.</p>
<p>Moreover, the judge said he would not accept guilty pleas from co-defendants Binalshibh and Saudi Mustafa Hawsawi until the court resolves questions on their mental capacity to stand trial.</p>
<p>The prison camp has Binalshibh on psychotropic drugs. He allegedly helped a Hamburg al-Qaida cell, whose members became some of the hijackers. The health issue of Hawsawi, the plot&#8217;s alleged financier, is contained in a still-classified memorandum his Army defense attorney filed with the court.</p>
<p>Mohammed appeared as his own attorney on Monday, his fourth hearing meant to set conditions for the joint conspiracy trial alleging the five conspired to have suicide squads hijack airplanes and then strike the Pentagon and World Trade Center.</p>
<p>Ultimately, the commander in chief has the last say on execution, and the case involving Mohammed and his four accused co-plotters is not likely to be settled before Bush leaves office Jan. 20.</p>
<p>Judge Henley disclosed the five men made their offer, signed by each alleged Sept. 11 conspirator on Nov. 4 – Election Day – after prison camp guards arranged for a rare joint meeting of the group.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/12/09/ce-week-15-sept-11-suspects-offer-to-plead-guilty/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>21</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #15:  &#8220;End of the Line for Islamabad&#8221;</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/12/08/ce-week-15-end-of-the-line-for-islamabad/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/12/08/ce-week-15-end-of-the-line-for-islamabad/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Dec 2008 18:05:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=799</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Unless Pakistan changes how it conceives of its interests and strategy, it will remain an unstable and distrusted place.



Fareed Zakaria
NEWSWEEK
From the magazine issue dated Dec 15, 2008

If the Mumbai attacks were India&#8217;s 9/11, then it has responded quite differently than the United States did in the weeks following that horrible event. Much of the debate [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="headline">Unless Pakistan changes how it conceives of its interests and strategy, it will remain an unstable and distrusted place.</div>
<div class="headline">
</div>
<div class="deck"></div>
<div class="author">Fareed Zakaria</div>
<div class="source">NEWSWEEK</div>
<div class="articleUpdated">From the magazine issue dated Dec 15, 2008</div>
<div class="body">
<p>If the Mumbai attacks were India&#8217;s 9/11, then it has responded quite differently than the United States did in the weeks following that horrible event. Much of the debate among Indians has looked inward, focusing on their government&#8217;s lack of preparedness, poor intelligence and bungling response to the attack. Senior Indian officials have resigned, some evidence links the terrorists to the Pakistani militant group Lashkar-e-Taiba, but the Indian government has not rushed to war. Even the Hindu fundamentalist Bharatiya Janata Party, traditionally ultrahawkish, is advocating &#8220;coercive diplomacy,&#8221; calling on the world community to insist that Pakistan implement its U.N. treaty obligations to fight terrorism. India is showing restraint for some wise reasons—the two nations are nuclear-armed and a military strike would only inflame Pakistani nationalism. But a democratic government, approaching an election season, can only remain restrained if its restraint yields something. If not, South Asia—and that includes Afghanistan—is going to get a lot more unstable.</p>
<p>Some have argued that India should use its intelligence and air power to go after some of Lashkar&#8217;s camps in the borderlands of Kashmir. But one would not need spies and airplanes to find the head of Lashkar, Hafiz Mohammed Saeed. He lives and works in Lahore. Of course, Lashkar was banned by the Pakistani government in 2002, but Saeed now runs its &#8220;charitable&#8221; arm, Jamaat-ul-Dawa, a large and growing force in the country. The problem with Islamic militant groups in Pakistan is not that they are hard to find but rather that they are in plain sight. The Pakistani government has never made a fundamental decision to turn its back on the culture of jihad.</p>
<p>When one speaks of the Pakistani government, it&#8217;s necessary to be precise. The elected, civilian government appears to be something of an innocent bystander in this affair. Initially, President Asif Ali Zardari denounced the terrorists and offered full assistance to Indian investigators. His prime minister offered to send the head of Pakistan&#8217;s Inter-Services Intelligence agency to New Delhi to help. Then, after the Army weighed in, the offer was withdrawn. Zardari&#8217;s statements became more evasive and defensive. If anyone wondered who actually ran the country, it soon became clear.</p>
<p>Whether the Pakistani military was involved in the Mumbai attacks remains unclear. The Indians certainly think so. &#8220;The attackers were trained in four places in Pakistan by men with titles like colonel and major. They used communication channels that are known ISI channels. All this can&#8217;t happen without the knowledge of the military,&#8221; one Indian official told me. They&#8217;re not alone in their suspicions. &#8220;This was a three-stage amphibious operation. [The attackers] maintained radio silence, launched diversionary attacks to pull the first responders out of the way, knew their way around the hotels, were equipped with cryptographic communications, credit cards, false IDs,&#8221; says David Kilcullen, a counter-insurgency expert who has advised Gen. David Petraeus. &#8220;It looks more like a classical special forces or commando operation than a terrorist one. No group linked to Al Qaeda and certainly not Lashkar has ever mounted a maritime attack of this complexity.&#8221; Which would be worse: if the Pakistani military knew about this operation in advance, or if they didn&#8217;t?</p>
<p>The situation in South Asia is very complicated. But one thing is clear. All roads lead through Rawalpindi, the headquarters of the Pakistani military. For decades it has sponsored militant groups like Lashkar and the Taliban as a low-cost strategy to bleed India and influence Afghanistan. It now faces a choice. Unless Pakistan changes how it conceives of its interests and strategy, the country will remain an unstable place, distrusted by all its neighbors. Even the Chinese, longtime allies, have begun worrying about the spread of Islamic extremism. Pakistan needs to take a civilian, not a military, view of its national interest, one in which good relations with India lead to trade, economic growth and stability. Of course, in such a world Pakistan wouldn&#8217;t need a military that swallows up a quarter of the government&#8217;s budget and rules the country like a privileged elite.</p>
<p>The one country that could do more than any other to change the military&#8217;s mind-set is America. For India to bomb some Lashkar training camps would be to attack the symptoms, not the source of the rot—and would only fuel sympathy for the militants among ordinary Pakistanis. To the contrary, what the world needs is for Pakistan to decide on its own that its prospects are diminished by tolerance of such groups. American diplomacy has been fast and effective so far. But we must keep the pressure on Islamabad, and get countries like China and Saudi Arabia involved as well. President-elect Barack Obama has proposed aid to Pakistan that has sensible conditions attached, meant to help modernize the country.</p>
<p>America also has much to lose if things fall apart in South Asia. If tensions between India and Pakistan rise, distracting the Pakistani military from the jihadists in its tribal areas, it will lead to much greater instability in Afghanistan and a freer hand for the Taliban and Al Qaeda. Washington, too, needs to see results.</p>
<p><!-- Omniture --> <script type="text/javascript">
		&lt;!--</p>
<p>			var nw_page_name = "nw - article - 172567 - End of the Line for Islamabad";
			var nw_section = "international edition";
			var nw_subsection = "international edition - voices - fareed zakaria";
			var nw_content_type = "article";
			var nw_source = "newsweek mag";
			var nw_search_result_count = "0";
			var nw_content_id = "172567";
			var nw_headline = "End of the Line for Islamabad";
			var nw_author = "fareed zakaria";
			var nw_page_num = "print format";
			var nw_application = "gutenberg";
			var nw_hierarchy = "international edition|voices - fareed zakaria|articles";
		--&gt;
		</script></div>
<div class="URL">URL: http://www.newsweek.com/id/172567</div>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/12/08/ce-week-15-end-of-the-line-for-islamabad/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>4</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #15:  &#8220;Will Obama Roll Back Bush Anti-Terror Tactics?&#8221;</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/12/07/ce-week-15-will-obama-roll-back-bush-anti-terror-tactics/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/12/07/ce-week-15-will-obama-roll-back-bush-anti-terror-tactics/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Dec 2008 05:28:07 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Civil Liberties/Rights]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War in Iraq]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=797</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[By  Mark Kukis/Washington
It wasn&#8217;t so long ago that Barack Obama saw paths around many of the civil-liberty dilemmas that President Bush faced when he launched a war on al-Qaeda around the world. The freshman Senator from Illinois believed, and often claimed, that the White House could and should have avoided the shame of Guantánamo [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="byline">By  Mark Kukis/Washington</div>
<p>It wasn&#8217;t so long ago that Barack Obama saw paths around many of the civil-liberty dilemmas that President Bush faced when he launched a war on al-Qaeda around the world. The freshman Senator from Illinois believed, and often claimed, that the White House could and should have avoided the shame of Guantánamo Bay, resisted the urge to engage in torture and shunned domestic eavesdropping.</p>
<p>Such easy exits may be harder to come by now that Obama is preparing to take over as Commander in Chief. Over the past eight years, the Bush Administration has erected a new array of military detention camps, interrogation methods and spy programs of questionable legality. During the presidential campaign, Obama promised to dismantle much of that apparatus, arguing that the Bush Administration&#8217;s walk on the dark side had eroded freedoms at home and damaged America&#8217;s reputation abroad. But doing so will take more time and prove more complicated than some of his supporters may realize.</p>
<p>In some ways, it makes political sense to go slowly. Ever since 9/11, Obama&#8217;s party has been squeamish about walking point on civil liberties out of fear that Republicans would wrap such a move around their necks at election time. And so, though civil libertarians may holler, the Obama team is likely to put the emphasis on national security as it begins to explore options for undoing the policies of the Bush-Cheney era. Here&#8217;s a look at what the new President may seek to change and what he may leave in place:</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline"><strong>Torture</strong></span></p>
<p>Once he is sworn in, Obama could simply order a government-wide halt to waterboarding and any other questionable interrogation techniques that have been judged legal during the past eight years. The Executive Order would have to be sweeping and reach deep into the government&#8217;s darker recesses. That&#8217;s because the Bush team has written so many legal memos okaying various techniques for interrogators working at a wide range of agencies. Some of those opinions have been disclosed publicly, but an unknown number remain classified. Obama will need to direct his Attorney General to issue new legal guidance that supersedes all those legal opinions, seen or unseen, if he hopes to prevent a return to such practices in the future. Former federal prosecutor and onetime trial judge Eric Holder, Obama&#8217;s pick to lead the effort as the top man in the Justice Department, earned a reputation as a relatively moderate legal thinker when serving there as a senior official in the Clinton Administration. That concerns some civil libertarians. &#8220;If you leave these on the books, you leave a bunch of loaded guns that future Presidents and agency heads can pull out and shoot when they want to,&#8221; says Anthony Romero, executive director of the American Civil Liberties Union.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline"><strong>Guantánamo</strong></span></p>
<p><!--pagebreak-->Obama could fulfill his campaign pledge to close Gitmo by simply issuing an Executive Order. But that would pose the question of what to do with the 225 suspected terrorists detained there who would suddenly have no home. If brought to the U.S. for trial, they would fall under constitutional guarantees of due process, which includes the right to confront their accuser and review all evidence against them. That may not fly with top terrorism hunters, who rely on informants and classified evidence. Because some of the evidence looks to have been gathered during harsh interrogations that may now be regarded as illegal and therefore inadmissible in court, building criminal cases against some detainees may be impossible. That raises the danger of avowed terrorists walking away from U.S. custody on a technicality. &#8220;These are enormously complicated problems,&#8221; says Benjamin Wittes, a Brookings Institution fellow. &#8220;It&#8217;s very easy to say, &#8216;Put everybody on trial.&#8217; But we still haven&#8217;t figured out what our trial system looks like for these terrorism cases.&#8221;</p>
<p>And even if Gitmo is shuttered, that still leaves the matter of those militants captured more recently in the wars in Afghanistan, Iraq and elsewhere whom Obama says he intends to more fully prosecute. Such knotty questions have led some experts to bet that while he will scale Gitmo back as quickly as possible, Obama won&#8217;t fully close it in 2009. They point out that the Bush Administration has already quietly discharged some 500 of the 700 prisoners who have been held there.</p>
<p>Obama may opt to release dozens of others and insist that the remaining handful of high-profile cases be heard in either federal or military courts in the U.S. Already dozens of Guantánamo cases are moving through the federal court system following a pivotal Supreme Court ruling in June, and the Bush Administration is grappling with two separate rulings from federal judges ordering the release of 22 detainees.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline"><strong>Renditions and Secret Prisons</strong></span></p>
<p>There is no doubt that the murkiest corner of the shadow war on terrorism has been the CIA&#8217;s kidnapping suspected terrorists and shipping them to secret prisons around the globe&#8211;where obeying the Geneva Conventions is more an exception than the rule&#8211;a practice known as rendition. Unfortunately, some of those snatched by CIA officers were innocent. German citizen Khaled el-Masri was one such victim. El-Masri was vacationing in Macedonia in December 2003 when authorities arrested him on wrongful suspicions that his passport was fake. A tragic case of mistaken identity then played out. El-Masri has the same name as an al-Qaeda operative being hunted at the time by CIA officials, and they took custody of el-Masri in Macedonia. Operatives from the agency beat and drugged el-Masri before whisking him to a secret prison in Afghanistan known as the &#8220;Salt Pit.&#8221; Eventually el-Masri&#8217;s captors realized they had the wrong man and let him go, dumping him on a mountain road in Albania.</p>
<p><!--pagebreak-->No one knows how many suspected terrorists have been grabbed by the agency over the past eight years. Already, the CIA has transferred at least 14 detainees from secret prisons to Guantánamo. Dozens or even hundreds of others may still be imprisoned at secret CIA facilities around the world. As many as 20 may have been victims of mistaken identity, a study by the European Parliament found. As part of a broader pledge to end torture, Obama has vowed to halt the practice of rendition. But whether Obama plans to abandon the offshore facilities where interrogations have taken place remains unclear. If he does, any detainees remaining there would probably need to be relocated&#8211;possibly to Guantánamo, where their legal status would be examined anew.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline"><strong>Eavesdropping</strong></span></p>
<p>Obama may leave intact, at least at the outset, one of the most controversial elements of Bush&#8217;s war on terrorism: a secret snooping program that spies on some Americans without benefit of a court order. Shortly after 9/11, the National Security Agency began intercepting communications to and from the U.S. by suspected terrorists and confederates in their network. The White House alerted key members of Congress about the program, in part because the Administration was skipping the long-standing practice of obtaining judicial approval in advance for surveillance, as prescribed by a 1974 law. When the program became public in 2005, Justice Department officials struggled to structure it to adhere more closely to existing law, but how much it was actually changed remains unclear. Not all civil libertarians were satisfied, and Obama vowed during the campaign to end warrantless wiretapping. But he is unlikely to halt the program outright; instead, he will probably ask a team of legal advisers to recommend a new approach.</p>
<p>Even after all these policies are modified or abandoned, Obama will face lingering questions about whether anyone should be punished for Bush-era excesses. The feds are now probing whether CIA officials knowingly destroyed tapes of illegal interrogations in 2005, and officials at Justice are looking into whether the department&#8217;s lawyers acted appropriately when they wrote legal opinions that approved waterboarding and other unconventional interrogation methods. A similar Justice Department review of attorney behavior regarding the domestic surveillance program is also under way.</p>
<p>Lawmakers from both parties have called for accountability in all these programs, but neither Obama nor top congressional Democrats have signaled much appetite for prosecuting Bush Administration figures once they are out of office. An incoming President will need every vote he can get on economic and energy matters, and is unlikely to spend political capital on a divisive effort to assess blame for the missteps of a previous Administration. But civil rights proponents say a full review may be the only way to ensure that such government abuses do not happen again. Vincent Warren, executive director of the Center for Constitutional Rights, says, &#8220;Criminal prosecution of some of the people involved does have a restorative aspect, and not just symbolically.&#8221; Obama will probably cooperate with congressional probes of Bush-era behavior. But he may find it trickier politically to go after officials who were, most likely, just following orders.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/12/07/ce-week-15-will-obama-roll-back-bush-anti-terror-tactics/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #14:  &#8220;At Least 100 Dead in India Terror Attacks&#8221;</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/11/27/ce-week-14-at-least-100-dead-in-india-terror-attacks/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/11/27/ce-week-14-at-least-100-dead-in-india-terror-attacks/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 27 Nov 2008 18:19:05 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=786</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[November 27, 2008
By SOMINI SENGUPTA
MUMBAI, India — Coordinated terrorist attacks struck the heart of Mumbai, India’s commercial capital, on Wednesday night, killing dozens in machine-gun and grenade assaults on at least two five-star hotels, the city’s largest train station, a Jewish center, a movie theater and a hospital.
Even by the standards of terrorism in India, [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="timestamp"><strong>November 27, 2008</strong></div>
<div class="byline">By <a title="More Articles by Somini Sengupta" href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/people/s/somini_sengupta/index.html?inline=nyt-per">SOMINI SENGUPTA</a></div>
<p>MUMBAI, India — Coordinated terrorist attacks struck the heart of Mumbai, India’s commercial capital, on Wednesday night, killing dozens in machine-gun and grenade assaults on at least two five-star hotels, the city’s largest train station, a Jewish center, a movie theater and a hospital.</p>
<p>Even by the standards of <a title="Article from the archives of The New York Times" href="http://www.nytimes.com/2008/09/24/world/asia/24india.html">terrorism in India</a>, which has suffered a rising number of attacks this year, the assaults were particularly brazen in scale and execution. The attackers used boats to reach the urban peninsula where they hit, and their targets were sites popular with tourists.</p>
<p>The Mumbai police said Thursday that the attacks killed at least 101 people and wounded at least 250. Guests who had escaped the hotels told television stations that the attackers were taking hostages, singling out Americans and Britons.</p>
<p>A previously unknown group claimed responsibility, though that claim could not be confirmed. It remained unclear whether there was any link to outside terrorist groups.</p>
<p>Gunfire and explosions rang out into the morning.</p>
<p>Hours after the assaults began, the landmark <a title="Taj hotel Web site" href="http://www.tajhotels.com/Palace/The%20Taj%20Mahal%20Palace%20&amp;%20Tower%2CMUMBAI/">Taj Mahal Palace &amp; Tower Hotel</a>, next to the famed waterfront monument the <a title="History of the Gateway" href="http://www.mapsofworld.com/travel-destinations/gateway-of-india.html">Gateway of India</a>, was in flames.</p>
<p>Guests banged on the windows of the upper floors as firefighters worked to rescue them.</p>
<p>Fire also raged inside the luxurious <a title="Oberoi Hotel’s Web site" href="http://www.oberoihotels.com/SpecialOffers/Oberoi_SOFF_IndiaInLuxury.aspx?Acode=SEM1&amp;gclid=CKOxi4KFlJcCFQECGgodIjb-Iw">Oberoi Hotel</a>, according to the police. A militant hidden in the Oberoi told India TV on Thursday morning that seven attackers were holding hostages there.</p>
<p>“We want all mujahedeen held in India released, and only after that we will release the people,” he said.Some guests, including two members of the <a title="More articles about European Parliament" href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/organizations/e/european_parliament/index.html?inline=nyt-org">European Parliament</a> who were visiting as part of a trade delegation, remained in hiding in the hotels, making desperate cellphone calls, some of them to television stations, describing their ordeal.</p>
<p>Alex Chamberlain, a British citizen who was dining at the Oberoi, told <a title="Sky News Web site" href="http://news.sky.com/">Sky News</a> television that a gunman had ushered 30 or 40 people from the restaurant into a stairway and, speaking in Hindi or Urdu, ordered them to put up their hands.</p>
<p>“They were talking about British and Americans specifically,” he said. “There was an Italian guy, who, you know, they said, ‘Where are you from?’ and he said he’s from Italy, and they said, ‘Fine,’ and they left him alone.”</p>
<p>Sajjad Karim, 38, a British member of the European Parliament, told Sky News: “A gunman just stood there spraying bullets around, right next to me.”</p>
<p>Before his phone went dead, Mr. Karim added: “I managed to turn away and I ran into the hotel kitchen and then we were shunted into a restaurant in the basement. We are now in the dark in this room, and we have barricaded all the doors. It’s really bad.”</p>
<p>Attackers had also entered Cama and Albless Hospital, according to Indian television reports, and struck Nariman House, which is home to the city’s Chabad-Lubavitch center.</p>
<p>A spokesman for the Lubavitch movement in New York, Rabbi Zalman Shmotkin, told the Associated Press that attackers “stormed the Chabad house” in Mumbai.</p>
<p>Israel’s Foreign Ministry said it was trying to locate an unspecified number of Israelis missing in Mumbai, according to <a href="http://haaretz.com/" target="_">Haaretz.com</a>, the Web site of an Israeli newspaper.</p>
<p>Several high-ranking law enforcement officials, including the chief of the antiterrorism squad and a commissioner of police, were reported killed.</p>
<p>The military was quickly called in to assist the police.</p>
<p>Hospitals in Mumbai, a city of more than 12 million that was formerly called Bombay, have appealed for blood donations. As a sense of crisis gripped much of the city, schools, colleges and the stock exchange were closed Thursday.</p>
<p>Vilasrao Deshmukh, the chief minister for <a title="English-language Web site " href="http://www.maharashtra.gov.in/">Maharashtra State</a>, where Mumbai is, told the <a title="CNN-IBN’s English-language Web site" href="http://ibnlive.in.com/">CNN-IBN</a> station that the attacks hit five to seven targets, concentrated in the southern tip of the city, known as Colaba and Nariman Point. But even hours after the attacks began, the full scope of the assaults was unclear.</p>
<p>Unlike previous attacks in India this year, which consisted of anonymously planted bombs, the assailants on Wednesday night were spectacularly well-armed and very confrontational. In some cases, said the state’s highest-ranking police official, A. N. Roy, the attackers opened fire and disappeared.</p>
<p>Indian officials said the police had killed six of the suspected attackers and captured nine.</p>
<p>A group calling itself the Deccan Mujahedeen said it had carried out the attacks. It was not known who the group is or whether the claim was real.</p>
<p>Around midnight, more than two hours after the series of attacks began, television images from near the historic Metro Cinema showed journalists and bystanders ducking for cover as gunshots rang out. The charred shell of a car lay in front of <a title="Unesco World Heritage Site" href="http://whc.unesco.org/en/list/945">Chhatrapati Shivaji Terminus</a>, formerly Victoria Terminus, the mammoth railway station. A nearby gas station was blown up.</p>
<p>The landmark <a title="Leopold Café’s English-language Web site" href="http://www.leopoldcafe.com/">Leopold Café</a>, a favorite tourist spot, was also hit.</p>
<p>Reached by phone, some guests who had been trapped in the Taj said about 1 a.m. that they had heard an explosion and gunfire in the old wing of the hotel.</p>
<p>A 31-year-old man who was in the Taj attending a friend’s wedding reception said he was getting a drink around 9:45 p.m. when he heard something like firecrackers — “loud bursts” interspersed with what sounded like machine-gun fire.</p>
<p>A window of the banquet hall shattered, and guests scattered under tables and were quickly escorted to another room, he said. No one was allowed to leave.</p>
<p>Just before 1 a.m., another loud explosion rang out, and then another about a half-hour later, the man said.</p>
<p>At 6 a.m., he said that when the guests tried to leave the room early Thursday, gunmen opened fire. One person was shot.</p>
<p>The man’s friend, the groom, was two floors above, in the old wing of the hotel, trapped in a room with his bride. One explosion, he said, took the door off its hinges. He blocked it with a table.</p>
<p>Then came another blast, and gunfire rang out throughout the night. He did not want to be identified, for fear of being tracked down.</p>
<p>Rakesh Patel, a British businessman who escaped the Taj, told a television station that two young men armed with a rifle and a machine gun took 15 hostages, forcing them to the roof.</p>
<p>The gunmen, dressed in jeans and T-shirts, “were saying they wanted anyone with British or American passports,” Mr. Patel said.</p>
<p>He and four others managed to slip away in the confusion and smoke of the upper floors, he said. He said he did not know the fate of the remaining hostages.</p>
<p>Clarence Rich Diffenderffer, of Wilmington, Del., said after dinner at the hotel he headed to the business center on the fifth floor.</p>
<p>“A man in a hood with an AK-47 came running down the hall,” shooting and throwing four grenades, Mr. Diffenderffer said. “I, needless to say, beat it back to my room and locked it, and double-locked it, and put the bureau up against the door.”</p>
<p>Mr. Diffenderffer said he was rescued hours later, at 6:30 a.m., by a cherrypicker.</p>
<p>Among those apparently trapped at the Oberoi were executives and board members of Hindustan Unilever, part of the multinational corporate giant, The Times of India reported.</p>
<p>Indian military forces arrived outside the Oberoi at 2 a.m., and some 100 officers from the central government’s Rapid Action Force, an elite police unit, entered later.</p>
<p>CNN-IBN reported the sounds of gunfire from the hotel just after the police contingent went in.</p>
<p>The Bush administration condemned the attacks, as did President-elect <a title="More articles about Barack Obama" href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/people/o/barack_obama/index.html?inline=nyt-per">Barack Obama</a>’s <a title="More articles about potential members of President-elect Barack Obama's administration." href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/news/us/series/the_new_team/index.html?inline=nyt-classifier">transition team</a>. The White House said it was still “assessing the hostage situation.”</p>
<p>Reporting was contributed by Michael Rubenstein and Prashanth Vishwanathan from Mumbai; Jeremy Kahn and Hari Kumar from New Delhi; Souad Mekhennet from Frankfurt, Germany; Sharon Otterman and Michael Moss from New York; and Mark Mazzetti from Washington.</p>
<h2>Indian forces hunt for missing</h2>
<h4 class="deck">Government blames foreigners for attacks</h4>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="210" align="right">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="storyinset" align="right">
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="200">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><img src="http://www.spokesmanreview.com/stories/2008/nov/28/28_sad_ladies_India_Shooting_11-28-2008_I2EPQ43.jpg" border="1" alt="" width="198" /></p>
<p class="caption">The wife of Balasaheb Bhosale cries at his funeral in Mumbai, India, on Thursday. Balasaheb Bhosale was a police official who died in the antiterrorism operation at a railway station. Associated Press <!-- 28_sad_ladies_India_Shooting_11-28-2008_I2EPQ43.jpg--> (Associated Press <!-- -->)</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p class="byline"><span class="name"><a href="http://www.spokesmanreview.com/news/bylines.asp?bylinename=Mark%20Magnier">Mark Magnier</a></span> and <span class="name"><a href="http://www.spokesmanreview.com/news/bylines.asp?bylinename=Sebastian%20Rotella">Sebastian Rotella</a></span><br />
Los Angeles Times<br />
<strong>November 28, 2008</strong></p>
<p><!--   -Code for Big Ads        ---> <!--   -End Code for Big Ads        --->MUMBAI, India – Indian commandos rooted through two smoldering luxury hotels here this morning, searching for survivors, the dead, and the last of the gunmen whose choreographed rampage of terror through this cosmopolitan city spawned a mystery about their identities and motive.</p>
<p>The brazen attacks that also targeted transportation centers, a hospital and a Jewish community center killed at least 125 people and wounded another 325. Sporadic gunfire and occasional explosions continued to be heard in parts of Mumbai early today, and an unknown number of people remained missing.</p>
<p>Eight foreigners were among the dead, and the U.S. State Department said three Americans had been wounded. But most of those killed and injured were Indian.</p>
<p>By midmorning today, officials estimated that possibly 10 militants remained at large – one in the Taj Motel and four others in the Oberoi hotel, with another five holed up in the Jewish center.</p>
<p>They said 15 hotel guests, mostly foreigners, remained trapped inside a 21-floor wing of the Oberoi.</p>
<p>Ten hostages believed to be Israeli citizens were held at the Jewish center, where Indian security forces launched a counterattack as the city awoke. Black-clad commandos descended from helicopters, and sharpshooters opened fire from surrounding buildings. The outcome of the firefight was not immediately clear.</p>
<table border="0" align="left">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>&#8220;We watched 24 commandoes surround the building,&#8221; said Bharat Phulsunge, a 28-year-old insurance agent. &#8220;We can hear gunfire and explosions from inside. It&#8217;s still very tense.&#8221;</p>
<p>Even as troops moved floor to floor through the besieged hotels liberating trapped guests, the Indian government was blaming foreign elements for the mayhem. Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh went on national television Thursday, asserting that the organizers of the attacks were &#8220;based outside the country.&#8221;</p>
<p>In what was seen as a thinly veiled indictment of Pakistan, he warned India&#8217;s neighbors &#8220;that the use of their territory for launching attacks on us will not be tolerated.&#8221; Other government officials were quoted in Indian media alleging that the squads of gunmen had charged ashore from rubber boats that fanned out from an unidentified mother ship.</p>
<p>In response, Pakistan&#8217;s defense minister condemned the Mumbai attacks and warned India to refrain from accusing its longtime rival of involvement. And some security experts warned that India has plenty of homegrown extremists who could be behind the violence.</p>
<p>Whatever their origin, it was clear the squads of attackers were well-prepared. The militants struck after months of reconnaissance during which they set up &#8220;control rooms&#8221; in the targeted hotels, according to Indian officials and an owner of one of the targeted hotels.</p>
<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s the opening of a new front, a strike in a place that causes surprise,&#8221; said Louis Caprioli, a former French counterterrorism chief. &#8220;And it is unique because it&#8217;s a military operation that leaves the security forces confused and disorganized.</p>
<p>&#8220;For the first time in the long time, you see the use of combatants who take hostages, like the Palestinians in the 1970s,&#8221; he said. &#8220;They were ready to die, but they were not suicide attackers.&#8221;</p>
<p>Past attacks on Indian targets here and abroad have been the work of an evolving, interconnected array of murky Pakistani extremist groups tied to al-Qaida and, sometimes, current or former Pakistani security officials. They include Lashkar e Toiba, which took part in a bloody siege of the Indian Parliament in 2001 and seems a prime suspect in this case, according to officials and experts.</p>
<p>&#8220;This is a group affiliated with al-Qaida,&#8221; said Sajjan Gohel of the London-based Asia-Pacific Foundation.</p>
<p>&#8220;There are eerie similarities to the Parliament attacks.&#8221;</p>
<p>But Lashkar e Toiba has reportedly denied involvement. And antiterrorism officials warned against speculation because the evidence is limited. India has a history of violence by Hindus and criminal mafias as well as Muslim extremists.</p>
<p>Most of Mumbai remained in shock Thursday. Once known as Bombay, the city is home to India&#8217;s commodities and stock exchanges, which remained closed Thursday despite fears about the effect of the terrorist attacks on foreign investment.</p>
<p>In many neighborhoods, 80 percent of the businesses remained closed as police warned residents to stay home, where many followed the unfolding drama on television.</p>
<p>Simone Ahuja, an Asia Society associate fellow and founder of a video production house in Mumbai, said the choice of targets favored by foreigners was clearly a blow aimed at dislodging closer U.S.-India ties. And she said the damage done to the Taj Mahal Palace Hotel, a waterfront landmark that suffered bomb damage and whose giant towers were licked by flames, may leave emotional scars on the city.</p>
<p>&#8220;People are in tears watching their city fall,&#8221; said Ahuja, who shares her time between Mumbai and Minneapolis.</p>
<p>&#8220;This is like what happened to the World Trade Center. This will fundamentally change the mental and visual landscape.&#8221;</p>
<p>Meanwhile the attacks appeared to be petering out. Although occasional explosions and gunfire were heard through the night Thursday, military officials said that most, if not all, of the hostages at the Taj Hotel had been freed.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/11/27/ce-week-14-at-least-100-dead-in-india-terror-attacks/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #13:  &#8220;Detention policy is Guantanamo&#8217;s real test&#8221;</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/11/23/ce-week-13-detention-policy-is-guantanamos-real-test/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/11/23/ce-week-13-detention-policy-is-guantanamos-real-test/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 23 Nov 2008 17:42:06 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Crime]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Opinion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War in Iraq]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=785</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Benjamin Wittes
November 23, 2008
 Secretary of Defense Robert Gates came into office wanting to close the American detention operation at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba. Nearly two years later, Guantanamo is still there. Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice has said she wants to close it. Guantanamo will outlast her. Yet, to watch the post-election Democratic triumphalism, you&#8217;d [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Benjamin Wittes</p>
<p class="byline">November 23, 2008</p>
<p><!--   -Code for Big Ads        ---> <!--   -End Code for Big Ads        --->Secretary of Defense Robert Gates came into office wanting to close the American detention operation at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba. Nearly two years later, Guantanamo is still there. Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice has said she wants to close it. Guantanamo will outlast her. Yet, to watch the post-election Democratic triumphalism, you&#8217;d think that Guantanamo is as good as shuttered. President-elect Barack Obama has reiterated his campaign promise to close it, and some self-described advisers talk as though he&#8217;ll wave a magic wand on Jan. 20 and a problem that has bedeviled this country for seven years will evaporate.</p>
<table border="0" align="left">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Closing Guantanamo won&#8217;t be easy, at least not if Obama means to change the substance of American detention policy rather than merely altering its geography. Obama could, to be sure, fulfill his promise simply by moving detainees to a different facility while continuing to hold them as &#8220;enemy combatants.&#8221; The challenge of closing Guantanamo would then come down to a series of logistical and administrative questions.</p>
<p>Solving the Guantanamo problem means making important decisions about detention policy in combating terrorism more generally: When, if ever, should the United States engage in preventive detention of terrorism suspects? If and when it does, should it treat them as enemy combatants under the laws of war or under some other body of law, perhaps a new detention statute? What rights should they have? What should the government have to prove about them, to what standard of proof, and in what sort of forum?</p>
<p>Notwithstanding the idea projected by some members of his camp that closing Guantanamo is simply a matter of will, Obama cannot just wish these questions away. They defy answers in the absence of a systematic and rigorous review of the detainee population itself, including the classified information about each prisoner. This process, carried out properly, will not take place instantly.</p>
<p>There are three major groups of detainees at Guantanamo, each presenting distinct policy problems. For starters, there are detainees who could face trial. Most people regard criminal prosecution as the best means of neutralizing terrorism suspects and justifying their long-term detention, and some people regard trial as the only legitimate means of locking up America&#8217;s enemies. But how big is the group that might plausibly face charges? And to what extent does its size depend on which forum the government uses for prosecution? Is it a much smaller group if America tries these people in federal courts or courts-martial than if it continues using President Bush&#8217;s much-derided military commissions? Without knowing the answer to these questions, one cannot accurately assess the costs and benefits of America&#8217;s trial options.</p>
<p>Second, roughly 60 detainees have been cleared for release or transfer from Guantanamo but are stuck there because of fears of mistreatment at the hands of their own governments. Will Obama have an easier time than Bush in persuading third countries to accept these detainees, particularly if he accepts a few of them into the United States? That may well be the case, but without serious diplomatic engagement over the question, we simply can&#8217;t know how intractable this problem will prove to be. The ruling Thursday by a federal judge in Washington that five of six detainees in one case were held unlawfully raises the additional question of how many detainees should simply be released.</p>
<p>Third and most troublesome are the detainees too dangerous to be released but who cannot face criminal charges. How many this group contains, if any, will ultimately shape Obama&#8217;s policy. Detainees who pose a grave national security threat might be unprosecutable for a variety of reasons: because of deficiencies in the criminal law as it stood in 2001, because evidence against them would not stand up in court, because the government might not have enough evidence to convict or because it obtained key evidence under coercive conditions.</p>
<p>If there are only a few such detainees, and the danger they pose seems manageable, those of us who have advocated a preventive detention system should reconsider our position. On the other hand, some human rights advocates acknowledge privately that they may reconsider their categorical opposition to preventive detention if the group proves substantial and the danger it poses too significant to ignore. Right now, we can only guess at this group&#8217;s size.</p>
<p>It matters enormously, in short, who each detainee really is. Only a true ideologue – and Obama shows no sign of being that – would develop a policy concerning Guantanamo without studying the population carefully and thinking these questions through.</p>
<p>It&#8217;s reassuring simply to assert that these cases present no tension between America&#8217;s needs and her values. But that judgment is at least premature and may well prove dead wrong. In the short term, it does an injustice to the outgoing administration, many current and former members of which have struggled with these questions over seven long years. It also disserves the incoming administration, which will soon inherit detainees who defy such sloganeering and whose handling will require wrenching choices with no easy answers.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/11/23/ce-week-13-detention-policy-is-guantanamos-real-test/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #7:  &#8220;Pakistan &#8216;on the edge,&#8217; U.S. report finds&#8221;</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/10/15/ce-week-7-pakistan-on-the-edge-us-report-finds/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/10/15/ce-week-7-pakistan-on-the-edge-us-report-finds/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 15 Oct 2008 23:15:24 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=752</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Assessment comes as Petraeus  takes charge of U.S. forces in region
Jonathan S. Landay and John Walcott
McClatchy
October 15, 2008
 WASHINGTON – A growing al-Qaida-backed insurgency, combined with the Pakistani army&#8217;s reluctance to launch an all-out crackdown, political infighting and energy and food shortages are plunging America&#8217;s key ally in the war on terror deeper into [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h4 class="deck">Assessment comes as Petraeus  takes charge of U.S. forces in region</h4>
<p class="byline"><span class="name"><a href="http://www.spokesmanreview.com/news/bylines.asp?bylinename=Jonathan%20S.%20Landay">Jonathan S. Landay</a></span> and <span class="name"><a href="http://www.spokesmanreview.com/news/bylines.asp?bylinename=John%20Walcott">John Walcott</a></span><br />
McClatchy<br />
October 15, 2008</p>
<p><!--   -Code for Big Ads        ---> <!--   -End Code for Big Ads        --->WASHINGTON – A growing al-Qaida-backed insurgency, combined with the Pakistani army&#8217;s reluctance to launch an all-out crackdown, political infighting and energy and food shortages are plunging America&#8217;s key ally in the war on terror deeper into turmoil and violence, says a soon-to-be completed U.S. intelligence assessment.</p>
<p>A U.S. official who participated in drafting the top secret National Intelligence Estimate said it portrays the situation in Pakistan as &#8220;very bad.&#8221;</p>
<p>Another official called the draft &#8220;very bleak,&#8221; and said it describes Pakistan as being &#8220;on the edge.&#8221;</p>
<table border="0" align="left">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>The first official summarized the estimate&#8217;s conclusions about the state of Pakistan as: &#8220;no money, no energy, no government.&#8221;</p>
<p>Six U.S. officials who helped draft or are aware of the document&#8217;s findings confirmed them to McClatchy Newspapers on the condition of anonymity. An NIE&#8217;s conclusions reflect the consensus of all 16 U.S. intelligence agencies.</p>
<p>The NIE on Pakistan, along with others being prepared on Afghanistan and Iraq, will underpin a &#8220;strategic assessment&#8221; of the situation that Army Gen. David Petraeus, who is about to take command of all U.S. forces in the region, has requested. The aim of the assessment – seven years after the U.S. sent troops into Afghanistan – is to determine whether a U.S. presence in the region can be effective and if so what U.S. strategy should be.</p>
<p>The findings also are intended to support the Bush administration&#8217;s effort to recommend the resources the next president will need for Iraq, Afghanistan and Pakistan at a time the economic crisis is straining the Treasury and inflating the federal budget deficit.</p>
<p>The Afghanistan estimate warns that additional American troops are urgently needed there and that Islamic extremists who enjoy safe haven in Pakistan pose a growing threat to the U.S.-backed government of Afghan Prime Minister Hamid Karzai.</p>
<p>The Iraq NIE is more cautious about the prospects for stability there than the Bush administration and either John McCain or Barack Obama have been, and it raises serious questions about whether the U.S. will be able to redeploy a significant number of troops from Iraq to Afghanistan anytime soon.</p>
<p>Together, the three NIEs suggest that without significant and swift progress on all three fronts – which they suggest is uncertain at best – the U.S. could find itself facing a growing threat from al-Qaida and other Islamic extremist groups, said one of the officials.</p>
<p>About the only good news in the Pakistan NIE is that it&#8217;s &#8220;relatively sanguine&#8221; about the prospects of a Pakistani nuclear weapon, materials or knowledge falling into the hands of terrorists, said one official.</p>
<p>However, the draft NIE paints a grim picture of the situation in the impoverished, nuclear-armed country of 160 million, according to the U.S. officials who spoke to McClatchy.</p>
<p>The estimate says that the Islamist insurgency based in the Federally Administered Tribal Area bordering Afghanistan, the suspected safe haven of Osama bin Laden and his top lieutenants, is intensifying.</p>
<p>However, according to the officials, the draft also finds that the Pakistani military is reluctant to launch an all-out campaign against the Islamists in part because of popular opposition to continuing the cooperation with the United States that began under Pervez Musharraf, the U.S.-backed former president, after the Sept. 11 attacks.</p>
<p>Anti-U.S. and anti-government sentiments have grown recently, stoked by stepped-up cross-border U.S. missile strikes and at least one commando raid on suspected terrorist targets in the FATA that reportedly have resulted in civilian deaths.</p>
<p>The Pakistani military, which has lost hundreds of troops to battles and suicide bombings, is waging offensives against Islamist guerrillas in the Bajaur tribal agency and Swat, a picturesque region of the North West Frontier Province bordering Afghanistan.</p>
<p>U.S. officials said insurgent attacks on Pakistani security forces provoked the Pakistani army operations.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/10/15/ce-week-7-pakistan-on-the-edge-us-report-finds/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #5:  &#8220;Obama, McCain spar on war, taxes&#8221;. . . AND MORE</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/09/29/ce-week-5-obama-mccain-spar-on-war-taxes/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/09/29/ce-week-5-obama-mccain-spar-on-war-taxes/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 29 Sep 2008 12:38:39 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[2008 Election]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Economics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Opinion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Polls]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War in Iraq]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=718</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Beth Fouhy
Associated Press
September 27, 2008








Republican presidential candidate Sen. John McCain, R-Ariz., left, and Democratic presidential candidate Sen. Barack Obama, D-Ill., face off at a presidential debate at the University of Mississippi in Oxford, Miss., Friday. (Associated Press)








OXFORD, Miss. — John McCain accused Barack Obama of compiling “the most liberal voting record in the United States [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="byline"><span class="name">Beth Fouhy</span><br />
Associated Press<br />
September 27, 2008</p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="210" align="right">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="storyinset" align="right">
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="200">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><img src="http://www.spokesmanreview.com/media/photos/20080926_pres%20debate2.jpg" border="1" alt="" width="198" /></p>
<p class="caption">Republican presidential candidate Sen. John McCain, R-Ariz., left, and Democratic presidential candidate Sen. Barack Obama, D-Ill., face off at a presidential debate at the University of Mississippi in Oxford, Miss., Friday. (Associated Press)</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>OXFORD, Miss. — John McCain accused Barack Obama of compiling “the most liberal voting record in the United States Senate” tonight in their first debate of a close campaign for the White House. The Democrat shot back, “Mostly that’s just me opposing George Bush’s wrong-headed policies.”</p>
<p>Obama said his Republican rival has been a loyal supporter of the unpopular president across the past eight years, adding that the current economic crisis is “a final verdict on eight years of failed economic policies promoted by President Bush and supported by Sen. McCain.”</p>
<p>The two men clashed over spending, taxes, energy and — at length — the war in Iraq during their 90-minute debate.</p>
<p>McCain accused his younger rival of an “incredible thing of voting to cut off funds for troops in Iraq and Afghanistan,” a reference to legislation that cleared the Senate more than a year ago.</p>
<p>Obama disputed that, saying he had opposed funding in a bill that presented a “blank check” to the Pentagon while McCain had opposed money in legislation that included a timetable for troop withdrawal.</p>
<p>In 2002, befoere he was a member of Congress, Obama opposed the invasion of Iraq, while McCain voted to authorize the war as a member of the Senate.</p>
<p>“You were wrong” on Iraq, Obama repeated three times in succession. “John, you like to pretend the war began in 2007.”</p>
<p>McCain replied that Obama has refused to acknowledge the success of the troop buildup in Iraq that McCain recommended and Bush announced more than a year ago.</p>
<p>The two presidential candidates stood behind identical wooden lecterns on stage at the performing arts center at the University of Mississippi for the first of three scheduled debates with less than six weeks remaining until Election Day. The two vice presidential candidates will meet next week for their only debate.</p>
<p>The 47-year-old Obama is seeking to become the nation’s first black president. McCain, 72, is hoping to become the oldest first-term chief executive in history — and he made a few jokes at his own expense.</p>
<p>“I’ve been around a while,” he said at one point. “Were you afraid I couldn’t hear you?” he said at another after Obama repeated a comment.</p>
<p>It was a debate that almost didn’t happen. McCain decided at the last minute to attend, two days after announcing he would try to have the event rescheduled if Congress had not reached an agreement on an economic bailout to deal with the crisis now gripping Wall Street.</p>
<p>The two men were pointed but polite as they covered most issues, although at least once, McCain sought to depict his rival as naive on foreign policy. That was particularly true when it came to Obama’s statement that it might become necessary to send U.S. troops across the Pakistani border to pursue terrorists.</p>
<p>“You don’t say that out loud,” retorted McCain. “If you have to do things, you do things.”</p>
<p>McCain also seemed eager to demonstrate his knowledge of foreign policy, recalling the names of three former leaders of the Soviet Union in one sentence.</p>
<p>Moderator Jim Lehrer’s opening question concerned the economic crisis gripping Wall Street. While neither man committed to supporting bailout legislation taking shape in Congress, they readily agreed lawmakers must take action to prevent millions of Americans from losing their jobs and their homes.</p>
<p>Both also said they were pleased that lawmakers in both parties were negotiating on a compromise.</p>
<p>McCain made a point of declaring his independence from Bush.</p>
<p>“I have opposed the president on spending, on climate change, on torture of prisoners, on Guantanamo Bay, on a long — on the way that the Iraq War was conducted. I have a long record and the American people know me very well &#8230; a maverick of the Senate.”</p>
<p>He jabbed at Obama, who he said has requested millions of dollars in pork barrel spending, including some after he began running for president.</p>
<p>As he does frequently while campaigning, the Republican vowed to veto any lawmaker’s pork barrel project that reaches his desk in the White House. “You will know their names and I will make them famous,” he said.</p>
<p>The stakes were high as the two rivals walked on stage. The polls gave Obama a modest lead and indicated he was viewed more favorably than his rival when it came to dealing with the economy. But the same surveys show McCain favored by far on foreign policy.</p>
<p>Both candidates had rehearsed extensively, Obama prepping with advisers at a resort in Clearwater, Fla., and McCain putting in debate work at his home outside Washington.</p>
<p>The two presidential hopefuls are scheduled to debate twice more, at Belmont University in Nashville on Oct. 7 and at Hofstra University in Hempsted, N.Y., on Oct. 15. Vice presidential contenders Sarah Palin and Joe Biden are to square off in a single debate Oct. 2 at Washington University in St. Louis.</p>
<h1>Now for the Important Part:  Who Won?</h1>
<p><span class="articletitle"><strong>Opinion #1:  McCain</strong></span></p>
<div><strong><em><span class="articletitle">‘Senator McCain Is Absolutely Right…’</span><br />
<span class="articlesubtitle">Barack Obama plays Mr. Nice Guy — and loses — in the first debate.</span></em></strong></div>
<div><strong><em><span class="articlesubtitle">By Byron York</span></em></strong></div>
<p><strong><em> </p>
<p></em></strong></p>
<p><em>Oxford, Mississippi </em>— A few minutes after the debate between John McCain and Barack Obama ended here on the campus of the University of Mississippi, I asked close McCain adviser Charlie Black whether Obama had performed as McCain’s debate team had anticipated.</p>
<p><span>“No, no,” Black said emphatically. “I never expected Sen. Obama to spend the entire debate on the defensive, and he did. He did.”</span></p>
<div><span>Maybe there was a tad of exaggeration in Black’s verdict, but there was some truth in it, too. Obama was smooth, unflappable, and just a little off balance for much of the evening. Worse for him, he seemed inexplicably eager to concede that <span>McCain was right on issue after issue. A candidate determined to appear congenial might do that once, or even twice, but Obama did it eight times:</span></span></div>
<div><span><span><img src="http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/images/bullet_blue.gif" alt="" align="left" /> “I think Senator McCain’s absolutely right that we need more responsibility…”</span></span></div>
<p><span></p>
<div><span><img src="http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/images/bullet_blue.gif" alt="" align="left" /> “Senator McCain is absolutely right that the earmarks process has been abused…”</span></div>
<div><span><img src="http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/images/bullet_blue.gif" alt="" align="left" /> “He’s also right that oftentimes lobbyists and special interests are the ones that are introducing these…requests…”</span></div>
<p><span><span><img src="http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/images/bullet_blue.gif" alt="" align="left" /> </span>“John <span>mentioned the fact that business taxes on paper are high in this country, and he’s absolutely right…”</span></p>
<p></span><span><img src="http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/images/bullet_blue.gif" alt="" align="left" /> “John is right we have to make cuts…”</span></p>
<p><span><img src="http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/images/bullet_blue.gif" alt="" align="left" /> “Senator McCain is absolutely right that the violence has been reduced as a consequence of the extraordinary sacrifice of our troops and our military families…”</span></p>
<p><span><img src="http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/images/bullet_blue.gif" alt="" align="left" /> “John — you’re absolutely right that presidents have to be prudent in what they say…”</span></p>
<p><span><img src="http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/images/bullet_blue.gif" alt="" align="left" /> “Senator McCain is absolutely right, we cannot tolerate a nuclear Iran…”</span></p>
<p><span>Add it all up, and Obama was undeniably, and surprisingly, deferential to a man who in the past Obama has said “doesn’t get it.” Moments after the debate ended, I asked David Axelrod, Obama’s chief strategist, whether Obama had simply been too nice (not a question one often gets to ask in these situations). “The bottom line is, I don’t think the American people want us to disagree just for the sake of being disagreeable,” Axelrod told me. “I think he made a very strong case, absolutely.”</span></p>
<p><span>Well, you wouldn’t expect Axelrod to admit that his guy messed up. But here’s a prediction: The next time McCain and Obama meet in debate, on October 7 in Nashville, start a drinking game in which you take a big swig every time Obama says, “John is absolutely right.” I’ll bet you get to the end of the debate without ever lifting a glass &#8211; <strong><em>Disclaimer from Kautzman  DO NOT DO THIS &#8211; JUST IN CASE HE IS WRONG, I DO NOT WANT TO ADVOCATE UNDERAGE DRINKING.</em></strong></span></p>
<p><span>But Obama’s problem wasn’t just saying “John is right” too many times. He also let McCain control the discussion even when — especially when — the conversation turned to issues that play to Obama’s strength. The debate was scheduled to focus entirely on foreign policy and national security, but for obvious reasons moderator Jim Lehrer devoted the first half-hour to the current financial crisis. Polls show Obama with a pretty big lead on economic issues, and yet McCain was able to turn the discussion — ostensibly about the $700 billion bailout proposal — into an extended examination of federal spending and earmarks, two issues about which McCain has strong feelings and a good record. When McCain pointed out that Obama had asked for $932 million in earmarks — “nearly a million dollars a day for every day that he’s been in the United States Senate” — Obama answered weakly that yes, the process has been abused, “which is why I suspended any requests for my home state, whether it was for senior centers or what have you, until we cleaned it up.” Not his best moment.</span></p>
<p><span>When the debate came around to the topic of the evening, McCain outshone Obama on topics like Russia and Pakistan while hitting him over and over for his comments, made in earlier Democratic debates, that he would meet Iranian president Mahmoud Ahmadinejad “without precondition.” On Iraq, the two men fought to a draw, with McCain arguing that Obama was wrong on the surge and Obama arguing that McCain was wrong on the war. It seems unlikely they will change anyone’s mind about that.</span></p>
<p><span>The bottom line was that Obama did well enough, but McCain did better. A number of post-debate observers suggested that Obama might emerge the winner on these topics because he was able to stand alongside McCain and argue as an equal despite McCain’s greater experience. Maybe viewers will handicap the contest that way, but if they judge it straight, McCain will come out on top.</span></p>
<p><span>One odd thing about the debate was that it never touched on the fact that it almost didn’t happen. McCain’s go-to-Washington-to-fix-the-bailout-and-postpone-the-debate gambit was the talk of political insiders before the debate, but once the discussion began onstage, it nearly disappeared altogether. “Yes, I went back to Washington, and I met with my Republicans in the House of Representatives,” McCain said at one point. (How surprised those House Republicans will be to learn that they are McCain’s Republicans.) But after that brief remark, McCain never mentioned it again, nor did Obama.</span></p>
<p><span>Perhaps that’s because the fact that the debate was held, and the world didn’t end, showed that there was no need to postpone it, but the fact that progress had been made in Washington showed that McCain was right to abandon his debate prep to play a role in the bailout talks. Both McCain and Obama turned out to be half right and half wrong.</span></p>
<p><span>And in the end, what a mistake it would have been for McCain to have stayed away from this debate. </span>Several hours before it began, when it was finally clear that there was going to be a debate at all, the Obama campaign sent an e-mail to reporters attempting to lower expectations for their man’s performance. Nobody paid much attention; it was, after all, an entirely unremarkable bit of pre-spin. But in this case, it turned out to be right.</p>
<p> </p>
<p></span></p>
<p><span class="bioline"><em><em>Byron York, </em><span class="bioline1" style="color: #666666">NR</span><em>’s White House correspondent, is the author of the book</em><span class="bioline1" style="color: #666666"> <a href="http://www.nationalreview.com/redirect/amazon.asp?j=1400082382">The Vast Left Wing Conspiracy: The Untold Story of How Democratic Operatives, Eccentric Billionaires, Liberal Activists, and Assorted Celebrities Tried to Bring Down a President — and Why They’ll Try Even Harder Next Time</a>.</span></em></span></p>
<p><span class="articletitle"><strong>Opinion #2:  Obama</strong></span></p>
<p><strong><em>Obama Wins Debate On Tactics and Strategies</em></strong></p>
<div class="article">
<div class="byline">By Joe Klein</div>
<p> </p>
<p>Toward the very end of tonight&#8217;s debate—which was quite a good one, I believe—John McCain laid out his rationale in this election in just a few words: Senator Obama, he said, lacks the &#8220;knowledge and experience to be President.&#8221; The presidency will turn on whether the American people agree with McCain on that—but on this night, Obama emerged as a candidate who was at least as knowledgeable, judicious and unflappable as McCain on foreign policy &#8230; and more knowledgeable, and better suited to deal with the economic crisis and domestic problems the country faces.</p>
<p>But even if my verdict were reversed to grant McCain a slight victory, there was nothing in this debate that was a knockout blow—nothing that should change the current trajectory of the campaign. (Although it may staunch the slow bleed that McCain has experienced the past week). Obama seemed plenty presidential; McCain seemed more prudent and thoughtful than he has since he uttered the most important line of the campaign so far, &#8220;the fundamentals of the economy are good.&#8221; Neither man closed the sale, and I don&#8217;t think many votes, or opinions, were changed.</p>
<p>This was a debate—at times explicitly—about tactics and strategies. McCain was more tactical, trying to pick fights with Obama on the details of foreign policy and not venturing beyond his personal domestic policy obsessions like the $18 billion spent per year on Congressional earmarks. Obama was more concerned with strategy, and an overall vision for the country—he was the one who brought up the damage done to America&#8217;s standing in the world, and also the one who insisted on putting the war in Iraq in a broader strategic context: it had hurt America&#8217;s overall position in the middle east by empowering Iran and allowing Al Qaeda to regain strength in Afghanistan. As for McCain&#8217;s remark about Obama not knowing the difference between a tactic and a strategy—McCain was wrong. The counterinsurgency methods introduced by David Petraeus in Iraq were a tactical change, a new means to achieve Bush&#8217;s same strategic end of a stable, unified Iraq. If Bush had decided to partition the country, or to withdraw, that would have been a change in strategy.</p>
<p>McCain was clearly the aggressor in this debate and that may have worked to his advantage—Obama graciously admitted when he agreed with McCain; McCain rarely acknowledged Obama in that or any other way. The problem with McCain&#8217;s aggressiveness was that it almost always involved misstating Obama&#8217;s positions—on offshore drilling, nuclear power, talking to our enemies, raising taxes on the middle class, attacking Pakistan &#8230; the same list of untruths McCain has stuck with throughout the campaign. Or he&#8217;d try to make petty distinctions, like whether Obama&#8217;s initial statements on Georgia were tough enough. When Obama chose to criticize McCain it was on big things—supporting the war in Iraq, opposing alternative energy, standing by the Republican trickle-down philosophy of taxation. In this way, too, Obama was strategic and McCain tactical.</p>
<p>McCain was also confused about what &#8220;preconditions&#8221; means in diplo-speak. The Bush Administration had, until recently, set a precondition for talks with Iran: that the Iranians had to stop processing nuclear fuel. Obama would talk to the Iranians—as Henry Kissinger and James Baker would—without setting that condition. (Diplo-speak only vaguely resembles English: precondition is redundant, all conditions for starting a negotiation are pre-.) Unfortunately, we never learned how McCain feels about that condition because Obama dropped the ball here—he never explained what he meant by &#8220;preconditions&#8221; in this specific context or asked McCain if he agreed. There were several other opportunities missed by Obama: he could have noted that the Iraqi government has agreed to his notion of a timetable and asked McCain, Do you want to stay longer than the Iraqis want us there?</p>
<p>Ultimately, sadly, these debates are won, or lost, on style and perceptions of character—not substance. Those are matters of taste. We&#8217;ll see if McCain seemed too old or Obama too young. Obama did speak in a stronger, firmer voice. He was clear, straightforward and not at all professorial. He looked directly into the camera; McCain rarely, if ever, did. But McCain put his experience—his frequent travels overseas—to good use in this debate, although his standard laugh lines like &#8220;Miss Congeniality&#8221; seemed to bomb.</p>
<p>Obama did everything he had to do, with few if any mistakes. I thought McCain did less so. The early snap polling seems to agree with me, but I&#8217;d caution against taking those too seriously. This was a big event in this campaign—the beginning of the end. It will need to be digested, discussed around the water cooler and the dinner table. But the race has not been decided yet.</p>
<p>(<a href="http://www.time.com/time/specials/packages/preview/article/0,28804,1844704_1844706,00.html" target="_new"><span style="color: #003366">Click here to see the 10 Memorable Debate Moments.</span></a>)</p>
<p>(<a href="http://www.time.com/time/specials/2007/article/0,28804,1643290_1643292,00.html" target="_new"><span style="color: #003366">See a gallery of campaign gaffes here.</span></a>)</p>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/09/29/ce-week-5-obama-mccain-spar-on-war-taxes/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>35</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Recovery Week #4:  &#8220;Al-Qaida video misses Sept. 11, stirring speculation&#8221;</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/09/20/ce-recovery-week-4-al-qaida-video-misses-sept-11-stirring-speculation/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/09/20/ce-recovery-week-4-al-qaida-video-misses-sept-11-stirring-speculation/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 20 Sep 2008 16:09:17 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=706</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[







Related stories
War on Terrorism








Lee Keath 
Associated Press
September 20, 2008
 CAIRO, Egypt – Al-Qaida threatened major new attacks in Afghanistan and dismissed setbacks in Iraq, vowing to continue its fight in a video marking the Sept. 11 attacks, released Friday more than a week after the anniversary.
The lag in release, apparently due to problems in militant [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="210" align="right">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="storyinset" align="right">
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="200">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="border: 1px solid #cccccc;padding: 8px">
<h5>Related stories</h5>
<p class="teaser"><a href="http://www.spokesmanreview.com/news/newstrack.asp?newstrack=War%20on%20Terrorism&amp;contentdesk=Awire">War on Terrorism</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p class="byline"><span class="name"><a href="http://www.spokesmanreview.com/news/bylines.asp?bylinename=Lee%20Keath">Lee Keath </a></span><br />
Associated Press<br />
September 20, 2008</p>
<p><!--   -Code for Big Ads        ---> <!--   -End Code for Big Ads        --->CAIRO, Egypt – Al-Qaida threatened major new attacks in Afghanistan and dismissed setbacks in Iraq, vowing to continue its fight in a video marking the Sept. 11 attacks, released Friday more than a week after the anniversary.</p>
<p>The lag in release, apparently due to problems in militant Web sites where al-Qaida posts its videos, raised questions among counterterror specialists over whether the terror network&#8217;s propaganda machine was faltering.</p>
<p>The delay deflated what is usually a media splash for al-Qaida. In previous years, it released a string of videos on the attacks&#8217; anniversary, featuring leaders trumpeting triumphs. Osama bin Laden spoke in one last year, making his first appearance in nearly three years.</p>
<p>Al-Qaida had promised a similar event this year, announcing in a Sept. 8 Web advertisement that it would release a video that would bring joy to its followers.</p>
<p>But soon after, the Islamic militant Web forums traditionally used by al-Qaida to post such videos went down and have remained off. The reason is not known.</p>
<table border="0" align="left">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>The 90-minute video, titled &#8220;The Results of Seven Years of Crusades,&#8221; was finally released Friday, according to two U.S. groups that monitor militant messages.</p>
<p>It features speeches by bin Laden&#8217;s top deputy, Ayman al-Zawahri, and other top figures in the terror network, as well as the final testament of Ahmed al-Ghamdi, one of the hijackers in the Sept. 11 attack.</p>
<p>The problems in posting the anniversary video, usually the most eagerly awaited among al-Qaida&#8217;s sympathizers, raised eyebrows.</p>
<p>&#8220;The late timing is certainly curious since they made such a big deal of the announcement,&#8221; said Evan F. Kohlman, director of Globalterroralert.com, a private terrorism research group.</p>
<p>&#8220;They made it seem this was something big, but in the end it turned out to be all bark and no bite,&#8221; he told the Associated Press. &#8220;They could be having problems in the production line.&#8221;</p>
<p>Analysts have long seen al-Qaida&#8217;s media arm, Al-Sahab, as a key tool for rallying the network&#8217;s followers and sympathizers, churning out videos and audios even though top leaders are in hiding, apparently in the mountainous border regions of Pakistan and Afghanistan.</p>
<p>David Heyman, at the Washington-based Center for Strategic and International Studies, pointed to recent Pakistani military sweeps in the border region. &#8220;It&#8217;s possible some of those (personnel or facilities) associated with video production have been damaged or destroyed,&#8221; he said.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/09/20/ce-recovery-week-4-al-qaida-video-misses-sept-11-stirring-speculation/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>3</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #3:  &#8220;An Afghan &#8216;October surprise&#8217;?&#8221;</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/09/13/ce-week-3-an-afghan-october-surprise/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/09/13/ce-week-3-an-afghan-october-surprise/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 13 Sep 2008 14:54:22 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[2008 Election]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Technology]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=690</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[New technology used in Iraq and Afghanistan to hunt down and kill terrorists may inject itself into the presidential race.
Tim Rutten
September 13, 2008
Friday, The Times&#8217; Greg Miller and Julian E. Barnes reported that the United States has escalated its war against Al Qaeda and its Taliban allies by &#8220;deploying Predator aircraft equipped with sophisticated new [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong><em>New technology used in Iraq and Afghanistan to hunt down and kill terrorists may inject itself into the presidential race.</em></strong></p>
<p>Tim Rutten</p>
<p>September 13, 2008</p>
<p>Friday, The Times&#8217; Greg Miller and Julian E. Barnes reported that the United States has escalated its war against Al Qaeda and its Taliban allies by &#8220;deploying Predator aircraft equipped with sophisticated new surveillance systems that were instrumental in crippling the insurgency in Iraq.&#8221;</p>
<p>It&#8217;s a story whose significance may extend well beyond the benighted hills and valleys of Pakistan&#8217;s violent Pashtun hinterlands and onto the hustings of our current presidential campaign. Coupled with Thursday&#8217;s report in the New York Times that President Bush has signed a secret order permitting Afghanistan-based U.S. special operations forces to cross into Pakistan without Islamabad&#8217;s permission, the odds of an &#8220;<strong>October surprise</strong>&#8221; that could influence the general election have risen appreciably.</p>
<p>U.S. officials also told The Times that the new surveillance systems allow the operators of the unmanned Predators to locate and identify individual human targets &#8220;even when they are inside buildings. &#8230; The technology gives remote pilots a means beyond images from the Predator&#8217;s lens of confirming a target&#8217;s identity and precise location.&#8221;</p>
<p>The Times&#8217; story confirms the most sensational revelation contained in <strong><em>Bob Woodward&#8217;s new book, &#8220;The War Within: A Secret White House History 2006-2007,&#8221;</em></strong> which was published this week. Woodward revealed the technology&#8217;s existence but, heeding requests from intelligence officials, declined to describe its operations except to say that it had allowed U.S. forces to locate and kill decisive numbers of senior Al Qaeda operatives and Iraqi insurgents. In what may be the book&#8217;s most controversial claim, Woodward argues that the secret technology and the so-called Anbar Awakening &#8212; in which counterinsurgency techniques developed by the Marines won over tribal leaders in that crucial Sunni-dominated province &#8212; had as much or more to do with stabilizing Iraq as the &#8220;surge&#8221; in U.S. troop numbers.</p>
<p>Beyond the purely military considerations, there are potentially significant political implications. First and most obvious is the question of the surge&#8217;s efficacy. The answer matters, particularly to John McCain, who has been one of the surge&#8217;s most resolute supporters. If it turns out that it was only one &#8212; and, perhaps, the least consequential &#8212; in a confluence of successful American initiatives, then McCain could go from steadfast to stubborn in voters&#8217; minds.</p>
<p>The real wild card pops up if this new surveillance technology allows U.S. forces to find and kill Osama bin Laden. Bush wouldn&#8217;t be human if he didn&#8217;t desperately want to see the Al Qaeda warlord dealt with before inauguration day 2009. Moreover, as Woodward writes, the president frequently relishes the death of individual extremists and insurgents in a way that even our professional soldiers find striking. Then-American commander in Iraq Gen. George W. Casey Jr. &#8220;told a colleague in private that he had the impression that Bush reflected the &#8216;radical wing of the Republican Party that kept saying, &#8220;Kill the bastards! Kill the bastards! And you&#8217;ll succeed.&#8221; &#8216; Since the beginning, the president had viewed the war in conventional terms, repeatedly asking how many of the various enemies had been captured or killed.&#8221;</p>
<p>If U.S. special operations forces capture or kill Bin Laden, or if a CIA technician pushes a button and puts a Hellfire missile between his eyes, Bush will have made good on the vows he made seven years ago to bring the Al Qaeda leader to some sort of justice. In the eyes of many who supported him over the years, that would allow the president to leave office with at least part of his historical reputation intact.</p>
<p>There also are many Republican activists who must hope that an October surprise involving Bin Laden would give McCain &#8212; unswerving supporter of the war and advocate of a muscular, hard-line foreign policy &#8212; a boost by association. At the very least, anything that makes his connection to his party&#8217;s now dismally unpopular president less of a stigma helps the GOP candidate.</p>
<p>Still, it&#8217;s also possible that this particular October surprise might also help Barack Obama, at least at the margins, which is where this election increasingly looks to be decided. The Democratic nominee, after all, opposed going to war in Iraq, in part because it was a distraction from the conflict with the Afghan Taliban and Al Qaeda, which had, after all, committed the 9/11 atrocities. If a military technology heretofore monopolized by operations in Iraq finally brings Bin Laden to answer for his crimes, Obama and his supporters can argue that the war in Iraq delayed the day of reckoning in Afghanistan.</p>
<p>That&#8217;s the thing about surprises, no matter what the month: The consequences frequently are as unlooked-for as the event.</p>
<p><a href="mailto:timothy.rutten@latimes.com">timothy.rutten@latimes.com</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/09/13/ce-week-3-an-afghan-october-surprise/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>3</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Simmer CE Week #2:  &#8220;&#8216;Don&#8217;t ask, don&#8217;t tell&#8217; hurts military&#8221;</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/07/28/simmer-ce-week-2-dont-ask-dont-tell-hurts-military/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/07/28/simmer-ce-week-2-dont-ask-dont-tell-hurts-military/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 28 Jul 2008 15:15:57 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[2008 Election]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Civil Liberties/Rights]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Opinion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War in Iraq]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/07/28/simmer-ce-week-2-dont-ask-dont-tell-hurts-military/</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[&#160;
Jamie Barnett The Washington PostJuly 28, 2008
Did you know that your safety and security depend on gay men and lesbians?
An estimated 65,000 gay men and lesbians serve in the U.S. armed forces, though by law they cannot be open about their sexuality. As we fight two wars, our military is stretched thin. Those gay and [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><H2>&nbsp;</H2><br />
<P class="byline"><SPAN class="name"><A href="http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/news/bylines.asp?bylinename=Jamie Barnett">Jamie Barnett </A></SPAN><BR>The Washington Post<BR>July 28, 2008</P><!---------Code for Big Ads-------------------><!---------End Code for Big Ads-------------------><br />
<P>Did you know that your safety and security depend on gay men and lesbians?</P><br />
<P>An estimated 65,000 gay men and lesbians serve in the U.S. armed forces, though by law they cannot be open about their sexuality. As we fight two wars, our military is stretched thin. Those gay and lesbian soldiers, sailors, airmen, Marines and members of the Coast Guard are essential.</P><br />
<P>Without them, we would stretch to a dangerous point the length of time troops must spend in Iraq and Afghanistan. Without them, we would lose crucial military leadership, expertise and skills. Without them, we would have a hard time meeting our military commitments worldwide.</P><br />
<P><br />
<TABLE align="left"><br />
<TBODY><br />
<TR><br />
<TD></TD></TR></TBODY></TABLE>A hearing of a House Armed Services subcommittee this week offered a critical opportunity to break the silence surrounding how military preparedness has been hurt by the 1993 &#8220;don&#8217;t ask, don&#8217;t tell&#8221; policy barring gay men and lesbians from serving openly. The military has spent more than $363 million since 1994 to throw out gay men and lesbians whose expertise we desperately need, including expensively trained and hard-to-recruit linguists, jet pilots, cyber-warriors, doctors and combat-tested master sergeants. This purging of talent takes place at the same time the military, in order to meet its manpower quotas, feels compelled to increase the number of waivers it grants to people who have had problems with the law – in some instances almost twice as many as in years past.</P><br />
<P>These patriotic gay and lesbian warriors want to serve. Yes, some &#8220;out&#8221; themselves to leave the service, usually because they have been made to feel unwelcome, unappreciated or even unsafe in their units. An estimated 3,000 gay service members depart each year rather than continue to serve under a policy that forces them to deceive their fellow warriors and to contradict the honor and integrity that are core values in our services. Those members who stay make an incredibly difficult personal sacrifice.</P><br />
<P>&#8220;Don&#8217;t ask, don&#8217;t tell&#8221; also damages our nation&#8217;s ability to recruit the best and the brightest. Competing with industry is hard enough already. The military estimates that only three in 10 high school graduates are qualified to serve; the &#8220;don&#8217;t ask, don&#8217;t tell&#8221; policy further reduces the pool of eligible recruits. And would you want to serve when you have to hide an essential part of yourself or would be unable to tell the chain of command about discrimination or harassment without risking your career?</P><br />
<P>Some fear a backlash from heterosexual service members, but I don&#8217;t. I grew up in Mississippi and attended segregated schools until I was a sophomore in high school. Integration was tumultuous, but it led to respect, understanding and, ultimately, a greater opportunity for blacks and whites alike to succeed. I believe integration of lesbians and gay men in the military will be easier: It has already taken place. Sadly, we just don&#8217;t recognize the gay service members among us for who they are.</P><br />
<P>It is up to Congress and the president to craft policy on gay men and lesbians serving in the military, but it is the responsibility of senior military commanders to advise our nation&#8217;s leaders on how law and policy affect military readiness. I raised this issue in 2003 when a task force I served on worked on the Navy&#8217;s diversity strategy. Senior leaders must state plainly how &#8220;don&#8217;t ask, don&#8217;t tell&#8221; affects recruiting, retention and our ability to develop essential military skills. They should speak up about how it affects military honor and integrity. It is our duty, something military leaders understand well, to speak openly of how &#8220;don&#8217;t ask, don&#8217;t tell&#8221; injures our military and weakens our preparedness.</P></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2008/07/28/simmer-ce-week-2-dont-ask-dont-tell-hurts-military/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>36</slash:comments>
		</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
